1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8 <mark@codesourcery.com>
9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
17 (at your option) any later version.
19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22 GNU General Public License for more details.
24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
26 Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
28 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
33 #include "libiberty.h"
35 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
40 #include "coff/symconst.h"
41 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
42 #include "coff/mips.h"
46 /* This structure is used to hold .got entries while estimating got
50 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
52 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
53 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
57 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
59 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
60 that should be added to the symbol value. */
62 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
63 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
65 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
67 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
68 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
69 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
73 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
77 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
79 struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym;
80 /* The number of global .got entries. */
81 unsigned int global_gotno;
82 /* The number of local .got entries. */
83 unsigned int local_gotno;
84 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
85 unsigned int assigned_gotno;
86 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
87 struct htab *got_entries;
88 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
89 unless multi-got was necessary. */
91 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
92 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
93 struct mips_got_info *next;
96 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
98 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash {
100 struct mips_got_info *g;
103 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
104 create and merge bfd's gots. */
106 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
108 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
110 /* The output bfd. */
112 /* The link information. */
113 struct bfd_link_info *info;
114 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
115 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
117 struct mips_got_info *primary;
118 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
120 struct mips_got_info *current;
121 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
123 unsigned int max_count;
124 /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */
125 unsigned int primary_count;
126 /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */
127 unsigned int current_count;
130 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
132 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
134 struct mips_got_info *g;
136 unsigned int needed_relocs;
137 struct bfd_link_info *info;
140 struct _mips_elf_section_data
142 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf;
145 struct mips_got_info *got_info;
150 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
151 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
153 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
154 the dynamic symbols. */
156 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
158 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
160 struct elf_link_hash_entry *low;
161 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
163 long min_got_dynindx;
164 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
165 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
166 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
167 long max_unref_got_dynindx;
168 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
169 symbol without a GOT entry. */
170 long max_non_got_dynindx;
173 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
174 the global hash table. */
176 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
178 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
180 /* External symbol information. */
183 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
185 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs;
187 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
188 a readonly section. */
189 bfd_boolean readonly_reloc;
191 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
192 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
193 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
195 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub;
197 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
198 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
201 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
202 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
203 bfd_boolean need_fn_stub;
205 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
206 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
209 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
210 being called returns a floating point value. */
211 asection *call_fp_stub;
213 /* Are we forced local? .*/
214 bfd_boolean forced_local;
217 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
219 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
221 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
223 /* We no longer use this. */
224 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
225 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES];
227 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
228 bfd_size_type procedure_count;
229 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
230 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size;
231 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
232 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
233 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head;
234 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
236 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
237 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen;
240 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
245 struct bfd_link_info *info;
246 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
247 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
251 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
253 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[] =
256 "_procedure_string_table",
257 "_procedure_table_size",
261 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
266 unsigned long id1; /* Always one? */
267 unsigned long num; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
268 unsigned long id2; /* Always two? */
269 unsigned long offset; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
270 unsigned long reserved0; /* Zero? */
271 unsigned long reserved1; /* Zero? */
280 bfd_byte reserved0[4];
281 bfd_byte reserved1[4];
282 } Elf32_External_compact_rel;
286 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
287 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
288 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
289 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
290 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
291 unsigned long vaddr; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
296 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
297 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
298 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
299 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
300 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
308 } Elf32_External_crinfo;
314 } Elf32_External_crinfo2;
316 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
318 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
319 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
320 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
321 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
322 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
323 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
324 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
325 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
327 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
328 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
329 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
330 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
331 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
333 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
334 has different meaning for each type:
337 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
338 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
339 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
340 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
343 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
344 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
345 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
346 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
348 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
349 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
350 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
351 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
353 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
354 loader for use by the static exception system. */
356 typedef struct runtime_pdr {
357 bfd_vma adr; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
358 long regmask; /* Save register mask. */
359 long regoffset; /* Save register offset. */
360 long fregmask; /* Save floating point register mask. */
361 long fregoffset; /* Save floating point register offset. */
362 long frameoffset; /* Frame size. */
363 short framereg; /* Frame pointer register. */
364 short pcreg; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
365 long irpss; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
367 struct exception_info *exception_info;/* Pointer to exception array. */
369 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
370 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
372 static struct bfd_hash_entry *mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
373 (struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *);
374 static void ecoff_swap_rpdr_out
375 (bfd *, const RPDR *, struct rpdr_ext *);
376 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_procedure_table
377 (void *, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *,
378 struct ecoff_debug_info *);
379 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
380 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
381 static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in
382 (bfd *, const Elf32_External_gptab *, Elf32_gptab *);
383 static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out
384 (bfd *, const Elf32_gptab *, Elf32_External_gptab *);
385 static void bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out
386 (bfd *, const Elf32_compact_rel *, Elf32_External_compact_rel *);
387 static void bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out
388 (bfd *, const Elf32_crinfo *, Elf32_External_crinfo *);
389 static int sort_dynamic_relocs
390 (const void *, const void *);
391 static int sort_dynamic_relocs_64
392 (const void *, const void *);
393 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_output_extsym
394 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
395 static int gptab_compare
396 (const void *, const void *);
397 static asection *mips_elf_rel_dyn_section
398 (bfd *, bfd_boolean);
399 static asection *mips_elf_got_section
400 (bfd *, bfd_boolean);
401 static struct mips_got_info *mips_elf_got_info
402 (bfd *, asection **);
403 static long mips_elf_get_global_gotsym_index
405 static bfd_vma mips_elf_local_got_index
406 (bfd *, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma);
407 static bfd_vma mips_elf_global_got_index
408 (bfd *, bfd *, struct elf_link_hash_entry *);
409 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_page
410 (bfd *, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma, bfd_vma *);
411 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got16_entry
412 (bfd *, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma, bfd_boolean);
413 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_offset_from_index
414 (bfd *, bfd *, bfd *, bfd_vma);
415 static struct mips_got_entry *mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
416 (bfd *, bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, asection *, bfd_vma);
417 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table
418 (struct bfd_link_info *, unsigned long);
419 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
420 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
421 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol
422 (bfd *, long, bfd_vma, struct mips_got_info *);
423 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol
424 (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *,
425 struct mips_got_info *);
426 static const Elf_Internal_Rela *mips_elf_next_relocation
427 (bfd *, unsigned int, const Elf_Internal_Rela *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *);
428 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_local_relocation_p
429 (bfd *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *, asection **, bfd_boolean);
430 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_overflow_p
432 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
434 static bfd_vma mips_elf_higher
436 static bfd_vma mips_elf_highest
438 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
439 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
440 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_got_section
441 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_boolean);
442 static bfd_reloc_status_type mips_elf_calculate_relocation
443 (bfd *, bfd *, asection *, struct bfd_link_info *,
444 const Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_vma, reloc_howto_type *,
445 Elf_Internal_Sym *, asection **, bfd_vma *, const char **,
446 bfd_boolean *, bfd_boolean);
447 static bfd_vma mips_elf_obtain_contents
448 (reloc_howto_type *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd *, bfd_byte *);
449 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_perform_relocation
450 (struct bfd_link_info *, reloc_howto_type *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
451 bfd_vma, bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *, bfd_boolean);
452 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_stub_section_p
454 static void mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
455 (bfd *, unsigned int);
456 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
457 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
458 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *, bfd_vma,
459 bfd_vma *, asection *);
460 static void mips_set_isa_flags
462 static INLINE char *elf_mips_abi_name
464 static void mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol
465 (bfd *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym *);
466 static bfd_boolean mips_mach_extends_p
467 (unsigned long, unsigned long);
468 static bfd_boolean mips_32bit_flags_p
470 static INLINE hashval_t mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma
472 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
474 static int mips_elf_got_entry_eq
475 (const void *, const void *);
477 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_multi_got
478 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, struct mips_got_info *,
479 asection *, bfd_size_type);
480 static hashval_t mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
482 static int mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
483 (const void *, const void *);
484 static hashval_t mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
486 static int mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
487 (const void *, const void *);
488 static int mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
490 static int mips_elf_merge_gots
492 static int mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
494 static int mips_elf_set_no_stub
496 static int mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
498 static void mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries
499 (struct mips_got_info *);
500 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
501 (bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
502 static struct mips_got_info *mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
503 (struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
505 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
506 static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd;
508 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
510 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
511 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
513 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
514 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
515 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
517 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
518 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
520 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
521 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
522 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
524 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
525 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
526 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
528 /* The name of the options section. */
529 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
530 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
532 /* The name of the stub section. */
533 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
535 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
536 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
537 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
539 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
540 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
541 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
543 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
544 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
545 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
547 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
548 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
549 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
551 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
552 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
553 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
555 /* Get word-sized data. */
556 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
557 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
559 /* Put out word-sized data. */
560 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
562 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
563 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
565 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
566 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
567 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
569 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
570 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
572 /* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
573 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
574 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
575 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
576 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
577 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
578 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
579 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
580 section, that is RELA. */
581 #define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
582 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
583 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
584 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
585 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
586 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
587 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
589 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
590 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
591 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
593 /* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
594 #define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (2)
596 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
597 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) (0x7ff0)
599 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
601 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(abfd) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) + 0x7fff)
603 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
604 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
606 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
607 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
608 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
610 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
611 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
612 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
613 #define STUB_LI16(abfd) \
615 ? 0x64180000 /* daddiu t8,zero,0 */ \
616 : 0x24180000)) /* addiu t8,zero,0 */
617 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE (16)
619 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
622 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
623 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
624 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
625 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
628 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
629 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
630 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
631 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
632 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
633 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
634 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
635 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
637 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
638 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
640 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
642 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
643 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
646 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
647 floating point arguments.
649 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
650 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
651 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
652 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
653 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
654 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
655 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
656 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
658 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
659 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
660 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
661 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
662 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
663 stub should be discarded.
665 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
666 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
667 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
668 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
669 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
670 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
671 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
674 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
675 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
676 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
678 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
680 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
681 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
682 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
684 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
686 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
687 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
688 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
691 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
693 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
694 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
696 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
699 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
701 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
702 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
704 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
706 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
707 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
708 struct bfd_hash_table *table, const char *string)
710 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *ret =
711 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
713 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
716 ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry));
718 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
720 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
721 ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
722 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
726 /* Set local fields. */
727 memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR));
728 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
729 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
731 ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
732 ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE;
733 ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE;
735 ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
736 ret->call_stub = NULL;
737 ret->call_fp_stub = NULL;
738 ret->forced_local = FALSE;
741 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
745 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
747 struct _mips_elf_section_data *sdata;
748 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
750 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
753 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
755 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
758 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
759 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
762 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
763 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
766 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
769 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
770 memset (debug, 0, sizeof (*debug));
772 ext_hdr = bfd_malloc (swap->external_hdr_size);
773 if (ext_hdr == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0)
776 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, ext_hdr, 0,
777 swap->external_hdr_size))
780 symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
781 (*swap->swap_hdr_in) (abfd, ext_hdr, symhdr);
783 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
785 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
786 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
790 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
791 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
792 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
794 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
795 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
799 READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
800 READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, void *);
801 READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, void *);
802 READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, void *);
803 READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, void *);
804 READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext),
806 READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *);
807 READ (ssext, cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char), char *);
808 READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, void *);
809 READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, void *);
810 READ (external_ext, cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, void *);
814 debug->adjust = NULL;
821 if (debug->line != NULL)
823 if (debug->external_dnr != NULL)
824 free (debug->external_dnr);
825 if (debug->external_pdr != NULL)
826 free (debug->external_pdr);
827 if (debug->external_sym != NULL)
828 free (debug->external_sym);
829 if (debug->external_opt != NULL)
830 free (debug->external_opt);
831 if (debug->external_aux != NULL)
832 free (debug->external_aux);
833 if (debug->ss != NULL)
835 if (debug->ssext != NULL)
837 if (debug->external_fdr != NULL)
838 free (debug->external_fdr);
839 if (debug->external_rfd != NULL)
840 free (debug->external_rfd);
841 if (debug->external_ext != NULL)
842 free (debug->external_ext);
846 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
849 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd *abfd, const RPDR *in, struct rpdr_ext *ex)
851 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->adr, ex->p_adr);
852 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regmask, ex->p_regmask);
853 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regoffset, ex->p_regoffset);
854 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregmask, ex->p_fregmask);
855 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregoffset, ex->p_fregoffset);
856 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->frameoffset, ex->p_frameoffset);
858 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->framereg, ex->p_framereg);
859 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->pcreg, ex->p_pcreg);
861 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->irpss, ex->p_irpss);
863 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->exception_info, ex->p_exception_info);
867 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
870 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle, bfd *abfd,
871 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *s,
872 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
874 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
875 HDRR *hdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
877 struct rpdr_ext *erp;
879 struct pdr_ext *epdr;
880 struct sym_ext *esym;
885 unsigned long sindex;
889 const char *no_name_func = _("static procedure (no name)");
897 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
899 sindex = strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
903 size = swap->external_pdr_size;
905 epdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
909 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle, (bfd_byte *) epdr))
912 size = sizeof (RPDR);
913 rp = rpdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
917 size = sizeof (char *);
918 sv = bfd_malloc (size * count);
922 count = hdr->isymMax;
923 size = swap->external_sym_size;
924 esym = bfd_malloc (size * count);
928 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle, (bfd_byte *) esym))
932 ss = bfd_malloc (count);
935 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle, ss))
939 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned long) count; i++, rp++)
941 (*swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, epdr + i, &pdr);
942 (*swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, &esym[pdr.isym], &sym);
944 rp->regmask = pdr.regmask;
945 rp->regoffset = pdr.regoffset;
946 rp->fregmask = pdr.fregmask;
947 rp->fregoffset = pdr.fregoffset;
948 rp->frameoffset = pdr.frameoffset;
949 rp->framereg = pdr.framereg;
950 rp->pcreg = pdr.pcreg;
952 sv[i] = ss + sym.iss;
953 sindex += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
957 size = sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2) + sindex;
958 size = BFD_ALIGN (size, 16);
959 rtproc = bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
962 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = 0;
966 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = count + 2;
969 memset (erp, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext));
971 str = (char *) rtproc + sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2);
972 strcpy (str, no_name_func);
973 str += strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
974 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
976 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, rpdr + i, erp + i);
978 str += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
980 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, -1, (erp + count)->p_adr);
982 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
984 s->contents = rtproc;
986 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
987 matters, but someday it might). */
988 s->link_order_head = NULL;
1017 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1021 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1022 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1024 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
1025 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
1027 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1028 && ! h->need_fn_stub)
1030 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1031 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1032 being included in the link. */
1033 h->fn_stub->_raw_size = 0;
1034 h->fn_stub->_cooked_size = 0;
1035 h->fn_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1036 h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1037 h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1040 if (h->call_stub != NULL
1041 && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
1043 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1044 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1045 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1046 h->call_stub->_raw_size = 0;
1047 h->call_stub->_cooked_size = 0;
1048 h->call_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1049 h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1050 h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1053 if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL
1054 && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
1056 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1057 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1058 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1059 h->call_fp_stub->_raw_size = 0;
1060 h->call_fp_stub->_cooked_size = 0;
1061 h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1062 h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1063 h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1069 bfd_reloc_status_type
1070 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol,
1071 arelent *reloc_entry, asection *input_section,
1072 bfd_boolean relocatable, void *data, bfd_vma gp)
1076 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
1078 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1081 relocation = symbol->value;
1083 relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
1084 relocation += symbol->section->output_offset;
1086 if (reloc_entry->address > input_section->_cooked_size)
1087 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1089 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
1090 val = reloc_entry->addend;
1092 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val, 16);
1094 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
1095 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
1096 an external symbol. */
1098 || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
1099 val += relocation - gp;
1101 if (reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
1103 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
1105 + reloc_entry->address);
1106 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
1110 reloc_entry->addend = val;
1113 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1115 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1118 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
1119 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
1120 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
1125 struct mips_hi16 *next;
1127 asection *input_section;
1131 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
1133 static struct mips_hi16 *mips_hi16_list;
1135 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
1136 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
1137 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
1139 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
1140 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
1141 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
1142 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
1144 bfd_reloc_status_type
1145 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
1146 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *data,
1147 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
1148 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1150 struct mips_hi16 *n;
1152 if (reloc_entry->address > input_section->_cooked_size)
1153 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1155 n = bfd_malloc (sizeof *n);
1157 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1159 n->next = mips_hi16_list;
1161 n->input_section = input_section;
1162 n->rel = *reloc_entry;
1165 if (output_bfd != NULL)
1166 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1168 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1171 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations. This is just
1172 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
1173 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
1175 bfd_reloc_status_type
1176 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
1177 void *data, asection *input_section,
1178 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
1180 if ((symbol->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
1181 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol))
1182 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol)))
1183 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
1184 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
1185 input_section, output_bfd,
1188 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
1189 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
1192 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
1193 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
1194 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
1196 bfd_reloc_status_type
1197 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
1198 void *data, asection *input_section,
1199 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
1203 if (reloc_entry->address > input_section->_cooked_size)
1204 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1206 vallo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address);
1207 while (mips_hi16_list != NULL)
1209 bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
1210 struct mips_hi16 *hi;
1212 hi = mips_hi16_list;
1214 /* R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
1215 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS_HI16
1216 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
1217 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
1218 has a rightshift of 0. */
1219 if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
1220 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS_HI16, FALSE);
1222 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
1223 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
1224 hi->rel.addend += (vallo + 0x8000) & 0xffff;
1226 /* R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16 relocations are relative to the address of the
1227 lo16 relocation, not their own address. If we're calculating the
1228 final value, and hence subtracting the "PC", subtract the offset
1229 of the lo16 relocation from here. */
1230 if (output_bfd == NULL && hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16)
1231 hi->rel.addend -= reloc_entry->address - hi->rel.address;
1233 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, &hi->rel, symbol, hi->data,
1234 hi->input_section, output_bfd,
1236 if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
1239 mips_hi16_list = hi->next;
1243 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
1244 input_section, output_bfd,
1248 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
1249 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
1250 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
1252 bfd_reloc_status_type
1253 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
1254 asymbol *symbol, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1255 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
1256 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1259 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
1260 bfd_boolean relocatable;
1262 relocatable = (output_bfd != NULL);
1264 if (reloc_entry->address > input_section->_cooked_size)
1265 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1267 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
1269 if (!relocatable || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
1271 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
1272 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
1273 offset or address. */
1274 val += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
1275 val += symbol->section->output_offset;
1280 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
1281 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
1282 val += symbol->value;
1283 if (reloc_entry->howto->pc_relative)
1285 val -= input_section->output_section->vma;
1286 val -= input_section->output_offset;
1287 val -= reloc_entry->address;
1291 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
1292 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
1293 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
1294 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
1295 if (relocatable && !reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
1296 reloc_entry->addend += val;
1299 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
1300 val += reloc_entry->addend;
1302 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
1303 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
1305 + reloc_entry->address);
1306 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
1311 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1313 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1316 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
1317 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
1320 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_gptab *ex,
1323 in->gt_entry.gt_g_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
1324 in->gt_entry.gt_bytes = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
1328 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_gptab *in,
1329 Elf32_External_gptab *ex)
1331 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_g_value, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
1332 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_bytes, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
1336 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_compact_rel *in,
1337 Elf32_External_compact_rel *ex)
1339 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id1, ex->id1);
1340 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->num, ex->num);
1341 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id2, ex->id2);
1342 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->offset, ex->offset);
1343 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved0, ex->reserved0);
1344 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved1, ex->reserved1);
1348 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_crinfo *in,
1349 Elf32_External_crinfo *ex)
1353 l = (((in->ctype & CRINFO_CTYPE) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH)
1354 | ((in->rtype & CRINFO_RTYPE) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH)
1355 | ((in->dist2to & CRINFO_DIST2TO) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH)
1356 | ((in->relvaddr & CRINFO_RELVADDR) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH));
1357 H_PUT_32 (abfd, l, ex->info);
1358 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->konst, ex->konst);
1359 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->vaddr, ex->vaddr);
1362 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
1363 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
1364 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
1367 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex,
1370 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
1371 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1372 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1373 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1374 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1375 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
1379 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_RegInfo *in,
1380 Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex)
1382 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
1383 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1384 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1385 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1386 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1387 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
1390 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
1391 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
1392 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
1393 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
1394 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
1397 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex,
1398 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in)
1400 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
1401 in->ri_pad = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_pad);
1402 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1403 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1404 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1405 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1406 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_64 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
1410 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in,
1411 Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex)
1413 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
1414 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_pad, ex->ri_pad);
1415 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1416 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1417 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1418 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1419 H_PUT_64 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
1422 /* Swap in an options header. */
1425 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf_External_Options *ex,
1426 Elf_Internal_Options *in)
1428 in->kind = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->kind);
1429 in->size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->size);
1430 in->section = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->section);
1431 in->info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->info);
1434 /* Swap out an options header. */
1437 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Options *in,
1438 Elf_External_Options *ex)
1440 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->kind, ex->kind);
1441 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->size, ex->size);
1442 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->section, ex->section);
1443 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->info, ex->info);
1446 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
1447 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
1450 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
1452 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1;
1453 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2;
1455 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, &int_reloc1);
1456 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, &int_reloc2);
1458 return ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info);
1461 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
1464 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
1466 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1[3];
1467 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2[3];
1469 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
1470 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, int_reloc1);
1471 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
1472 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, int_reloc2);
1474 return (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info)
1475 - ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info));
1479 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
1480 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
1481 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
1482 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
1483 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
1484 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
1485 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
1486 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
1487 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
1488 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
1489 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
1490 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
1491 when generating a final executable. */
1494 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
1496 struct extsym_info *einfo = data;
1498 asection *sec, *output_section;
1500 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
1501 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
1503 if (h->root.indx == -2)
1505 else if (((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0
1506 || (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC) != 0)
1507 && (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0
1508 && (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) == 0)
1510 else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all
1511 || (einfo->info->strip == strip_some
1512 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash,
1513 h->root.root.root.string,
1514 FALSE, FALSE) == NULL))
1522 if (h->esym.ifd == -2)
1525 h->esym.cobol_main = 0;
1526 h->esym.weakext = 0;
1527 h->esym.reserved = 0;
1528 h->esym.ifd = ifdNil;
1529 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1530 h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal;
1532 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
1533 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
1537 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
1539 name = h->root.root.root.string;
1540 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
1541 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
1543 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
1544 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
1545 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1547 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
1549 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1550 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
1551 h->esym.asym.value =
1552 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo->info)->procedure_count;
1554 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo->abfd))
1556 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1557 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
1558 h->esym.asym.value = elf_gp (einfo->abfd);
1561 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
1563 else if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
1564 && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1565 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1570 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1571 output_section = sec->output_section;
1573 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
1574 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
1575 if (output_section == NULL)
1576 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
1579 name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section);
1581 if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0)
1582 h->esym.asym.sc = scText;
1583 else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0)
1584 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
1585 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0)
1586 h->esym.asym.sc = scSData;
1587 else if (strcmp (name, ".rodata") == 0
1588 || strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0)
1589 h->esym.asym.sc = scRData;
1590 else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0)
1591 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
1592 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
1593 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
1594 else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0)
1595 h->esym.asym.sc = scInit;
1596 else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0)
1597 h->esym.asym.sc = scFini;
1599 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1603 h->esym.asym.reserved = 0;
1604 h->esym.asym.index = indexNil;
1607 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
1608 h->esym.asym.value = h->root.root.u.c.size;
1609 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1610 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1612 if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon)
1613 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
1614 else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon)
1615 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
1617 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1618 output_section = sec->output_section;
1619 if (output_section != NULL)
1620 h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.root.u.def.value
1621 + sec->output_offset
1622 + output_section->vma);
1624 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1626 else if ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) != 0)
1628 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h;
1629 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub = h->no_fn_stub;
1631 while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
1633 hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
1634 no_fn_stub = no_fn_stub || hd->no_fn_stub;
1639 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
1640 h->esym.asym.st = stProc;
1641 sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section;
1643 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1646 output_section = sec->output_section;
1647 if (output_section != NULL)
1648 h->esym.asym.value = (hd->root.plt.offset
1649 + sec->output_offset
1650 + output_section->vma);
1652 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1660 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo->abfd, einfo->debug, einfo->swap,
1661 h->root.root.root.string,
1664 einfo->failed = TRUE;
1671 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
1674 gptab_compare (const void *p1, const void *p2)
1676 const Elf32_gptab *a1 = p1;
1677 const Elf32_gptab *a2 = p2;
1679 return a1->gt_entry.gt_g_value - a2->gt_entry.gt_g_value;
1682 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
1684 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
1687 static INLINE hashval_t
1688 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr)
1691 return addr + (addr >> 32);
1697 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
1698 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
1702 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
1704 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
1706 return entry->symndx
1707 + (! entry->abfd ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
1709 + (entry->symndx >= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend)
1710 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash));
1714 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
1716 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
1717 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
1719 return e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->symndx == e2->symndx
1720 && (! e1->abfd ? e1->d.address == e2->d.address
1721 : e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
1722 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
1725 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
1726 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
1727 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
1731 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
1733 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
1735 return entry->symndx
1737 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
1738 : entry->symndx >= 0
1740 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend))
1741 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash);
1745 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
1747 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
1748 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
1750 return e1->symndx == e2->symndx
1751 && (e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
1752 : e1->abfd == NULL || e2->abfd == NULL
1753 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.address == e2->d.address
1754 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
1757 /* Returns the dynamic relocation section for DYNOBJ. */
1760 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (bfd *dynobj, bfd_boolean create_p)
1762 static const char dname[] = ".rel.dyn";
1765 sreloc = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, dname);
1766 if (sreloc == NULL && create_p)
1768 sreloc = bfd_make_section (dynobj, dname);
1770 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj, sreloc,
1775 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
1777 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc,
1778 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
1784 /* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
1787 mips_elf_got_section (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean maybe_excluded)
1789 asection *sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
1791 || (! maybe_excluded && (sgot->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0))
1796 /* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
1797 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
1800 static struct mips_got_info *
1801 mips_elf_got_info (bfd *abfd, asection **sgotp)
1804 struct mips_got_info *g;
1806 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE);
1807 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
1808 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
1809 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
1810 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
1813 *sgotp = (sgot->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 ? sgot : NULL;
1818 /* Obtain the lowest dynamic index of a symbol that was assigned a
1819 global GOT entry. */
1821 mips_elf_get_global_gotsym_index (bfd *abfd)
1824 struct mips_got_info *g;
1829 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE);
1830 if (sgot == NULL || mips_elf_section_data (sgot) == NULL)
1833 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
1834 if (g == NULL || g->global_gotsym == NULL)
1837 return g->global_gotsym->dynindx;
1840 /* Returns the GOT offset at which the indicated address can be found.
1841 If there is not yet a GOT entry for this value, create one. Returns
1842 -1 if no satisfactory GOT offset can be found. */
1845 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
1849 struct mips_got_info *g;
1850 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
1852 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
1854 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, ibfd, g, sgot, value);
1856 return entry->gotidx;
1861 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
1864 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1868 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
1869 long global_got_dynindx = 0;
1871 gg = g = mips_elf_got_info (abfd, &sgot);
1872 if (g->bfd2got && ibfd)
1874 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
1876 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= 0);
1878 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
1883 e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
1885 p = htab_find (g->got_entries, &e);
1887 BFD_ASSERT (p->gotidx > 0);
1892 if (gg->global_gotsym != NULL)
1893 global_got_dynindx = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
1895 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
1896 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
1897 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
1899 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx);
1900 index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno)
1901 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
1902 BFD_ASSERT (index < sgot->_raw_size);
1907 /* Find a GOT entry that is within 32KB of the VALUE. These entries
1908 are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
1909 within 32KB of GP. Return the index into the GOT for this page,
1910 and store the offset from this entry to the desired address in
1911 OFFSETP, if it is non-NULL. */
1914 mips_elf_got_page (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
1915 bfd_vma value, bfd_vma *offsetp)
1918 struct mips_got_info *g;
1920 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
1922 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
1924 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, ibfd, g, sgot,
1926 & (~(bfd_vma)0xffff));
1931 index = entry->gotidx;
1934 *offsetp = value - entry->d.address;
1939 /* Find a GOT entry whose higher-order 16 bits are the same as those
1940 for value. Return the index into the GOT for this entry. */
1943 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
1944 bfd_vma value, bfd_boolean external)
1947 struct mips_got_info *g;
1948 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
1952 /* Although the ABI says that it is "the high-order 16 bits" that we
1953 want, it is really the %high value. The complete value is
1954 calculated with a `addiu' of a LO16 relocation, just as with a
1956 value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16;
1959 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
1961 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, ibfd, g, sgot, value);
1963 return entry->gotidx;
1968 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
1972 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (bfd *dynobj, bfd *output_bfd,
1973 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_vma index)
1977 struct mips_got_info *g;
1979 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
1980 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
1981 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, g, input_bfd);
1983 return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + index - gp;
1986 /* Create a local GOT entry for VALUE. Return the index of the entry,
1987 or -1 if it could not be created. */
1989 static struct mips_got_entry *
1990 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd,
1991 struct mips_got_info *gg,
1992 asection *sgot, bfd_vma value)
1994 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
1995 struct mips_got_info *g;
1999 entry.d.address = value;
2001 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, ibfd);
2004 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, abfd);
2005 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
2008 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
2013 entry.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno++;
2015 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
2020 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
2022 if (g->assigned_gotno >= g->local_gotno)
2024 (*loc)->gotidx = -1;
2025 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
2026 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2027 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
2028 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2032 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value,
2033 (sgot->contents + entry.gotidx));
2038 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
2039 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
2040 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
2041 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
2042 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
2043 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
2046 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned long max_local)
2048 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd;
2049 struct mips_got_info *g;
2052 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
2054 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL);
2057 hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx =
2058 hsd.min_got_dynindx = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
2059 /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
2060 indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
2061 primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
2062 dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
2063 referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
2064 don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
2065 too large offsets. */
2066 - (g->next ? g->assigned_gotno : 0);
2067 hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = max_local;
2068 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *)
2069 elf_hash_table (info)),
2070 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f,
2073 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
2074 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
2075 BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx);
2076 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
2077 <= elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount);
2079 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
2080 table index in the GOT. */
2081 g->global_gotsym = hsd.low;
2086 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
2087 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
2091 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
2093 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd = data;
2095 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2096 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
2098 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
2100 if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
2103 /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
2104 referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
2105 referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
2107 if (h->root.got.offset == 2)
2109 if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx)
2110 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2111 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++;
2113 else if (h->root.got.offset != 1)
2114 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++;
2117 h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx;
2118 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2124 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
2125 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
2129 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
2130 bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
2131 struct mips_got_info *g)
2133 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
2135 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
2137 if (h->dynindx == -1)
2139 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
2143 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE);
2146 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2152 entry.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2154 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
2157 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
2158 need to do it again. */
2162 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
2168 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
2170 if (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE)
2173 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
2174 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
2175 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
2181 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
2182 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
2185 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd *abfd, long symndx, bfd_vma addend,
2186 struct mips_got_info *g)
2188 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
2191 entry.symndx = symndx;
2192 entry.d.addend = addend;
2193 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **)
2194 htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry, INSERT);
2199 entry.gotidx = g->local_gotno++;
2201 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
2206 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
2211 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
2214 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
2216 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *entry
2217 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry_;
2219 return entry->bfd->id;
2222 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
2225 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
2227 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e1
2228 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry1;
2229 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e2
2230 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry2;
2232 return e1->bfd == e2->bfd;
2235 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBDF. G must
2236 be the master GOT data. */
2238 static struct mips_got_info *
2239 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
2241 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e, *p;
2247 p = htab_find (g->bfd2got, &e);
2248 return p ? p->g : NULL;
2251 /* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
2252 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
2256 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp, void *p)
2258 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
2259 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
2260 htab_t bfd2got = arg->bfd2got;
2261 struct mips_got_info *g;
2262 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry, *bfdgot;
2265 /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if
2267 bfdgot_entry.bfd = entry->abfd;
2268 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (bfd2got, &bfdgot_entry, INSERT);
2269 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfdgotp;
2275 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc
2276 (arg->obfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash));
2286 bfdgot->bfd = entry->abfd;
2287 bfdgot->g = g = (struct mips_got_info *)
2288 bfd_alloc (arg->obfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
2295 g->global_gotsym = NULL;
2296 g->global_gotno = 0;
2298 g->assigned_gotno = -1;
2299 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
2300 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq, NULL);
2301 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
2311 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
2312 entryp = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, entry, INSERT);
2313 if (*entryp != NULL)
2318 if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->forced_local)
2326 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
2327 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
2328 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
2329 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
2330 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
2331 and then make make the new got current. */
2334 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_, void *p)
2336 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfd2got
2337 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfd2got_;
2338 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
2339 unsigned int lcount = bfd2got->g->local_gotno;
2340 unsigned int gcount = bfd2got->g->global_gotno;
2341 unsigned int maxcnt = arg->max_count;
2343 /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as
2344 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
2345 if (! arg->primary && lcount + gcount <= maxcnt)
2347 arg->primary = bfd2got->g;
2348 arg->primary_count = lcount + gcount;
2350 /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of
2351 the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we
2352 don't have to squeeze it too hard. */
2353 else if (arg->primary
2354 && (arg->primary_count + lcount + gcount) <= maxcnt)
2356 struct mips_got_info *g = bfd2got->g;
2357 int old_lcount = arg->primary->local_gotno;
2358 int old_gcount = arg->primary->global_gotno;
2360 bfd2got->g = arg->primary;
2362 htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
2363 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd,
2365 if (arg->obfd == NULL)
2368 htab_delete (g->got_entries);
2369 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
2370 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
2373 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount + lcount >= arg->primary->local_gotno);
2374 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount + gcount >= arg->primary->global_gotno);
2376 arg->primary_count = arg->primary->local_gotno
2377 + arg->primary->global_gotno;
2379 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
2380 else if (arg->current
2381 && arg->current_count + lcount + gcount <= maxcnt)
2383 struct mips_got_info *g = bfd2got->g;
2384 int old_lcount = arg->current->local_gotno;
2385 int old_gcount = arg->current->global_gotno;
2387 bfd2got->g = arg->current;
2389 htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
2390 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd,
2392 if (arg->obfd == NULL)
2395 htab_delete (g->got_entries);
2397 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount + lcount >= arg->current->local_gotno);
2398 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount + gcount >= arg->current->global_gotno);
2400 arg->current_count = arg->current->local_gotno
2401 + arg->current->global_gotno;
2403 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
2404 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
2405 overflows anyway. */
2408 bfd2got->g->next = arg->current;
2409 arg->current = bfd2got->g;
2411 arg->current_count = lcount + gcount;
2417 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
2418 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
2419 got) to the given VALUE.
2421 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
2422 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
2423 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
2424 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
2425 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
2426 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
2427 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
2428 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
2431 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp, void *p)
2433 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
2434 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *arg
2435 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *)p;
2436 struct mips_got_info *g = arg->g;
2438 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1
2439 && entry->d.h->root.dynindx != -1)
2443 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotsym == NULL);
2445 entry->gotidx = arg->value * (long) g->assigned_gotno++;
2446 if (arg->info->shared
2447 || (elf_hash_table (arg->info)->dynamic_sections_created
2448 && ((entry->d.h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
2449 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0)
2450 && ((entry->d.h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
2451 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)))
2452 ++arg->needed_relocs;
2455 entry->d.h->root.got.offset = arg->value;
2461 /* Mark any global symbols referenced in the GOT we are iterating over
2462 as inelligible for lazy resolution stubs. */
2464 mips_elf_set_no_stub (void **entryp, void *p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2466 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
2468 if (entry->abfd != NULL
2469 && entry->symndx == -1
2470 && entry->d.h->root.dynindx != -1)
2471 entry->d.h->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
2476 /* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
2477 points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
2478 to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
2479 modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
2480 we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
2481 the traversal must be restarted. */
2483 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (void **entryp, void *p)
2485 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
2486 htab_t got_entries = *(htab_t *)p;
2488 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
2490 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = entry->d.h;
2492 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2493 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2494 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
2496 if (entry->d.h == h)
2501 /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
2502 it, and get the traversal restarted. */
2503 if (! htab_find (got_entries, entry))
2505 htab_clear_slot (got_entries, entryp);
2506 entryp = htab_find_slot (got_entries, entry, INSERT);
2509 /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
2510 moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
2512 *(htab_t *)p = NULL;
2515 /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
2516 either too early or too late for that at this point. */
2522 /* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
2525 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info *g)
2531 got_entries = g->got_entries;
2533 htab_traverse (got_entries,
2534 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry,
2537 while (got_entries == NULL);
2540 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
2543 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
2545 if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
2548 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
2552 BFD_ASSERT (g->next);
2556 return (g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
2559 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
2560 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
2563 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
2564 struct mips_got_info *g, asection *got,
2565 bfd_size_type pages)
2567 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg;
2568 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
2569 struct mips_got_info *gg;
2570 unsigned int assign;
2572 g->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash,
2573 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq, NULL);
2574 if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
2577 got_per_bfd_arg.bfd2got = g->bfd2got;
2578 got_per_bfd_arg.obfd = abfd;
2579 got_per_bfd_arg.info = info;
2581 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
2582 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
2583 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g);
2584 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, &got_per_bfd_arg);
2585 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
2588 got_per_bfd_arg.current = NULL;
2589 got_per_bfd_arg.primary = NULL;
2590 /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could
2591 compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd
2592 uses, but it's probably not worth it. */
2593 got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (abfd)
2594 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
2595 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO - pages);
2597 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
2598 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
2599 to be the primary GOT. */
2600 htab_traverse (g->bfd2got, mips_elf_merge_gots, &got_per_bfd_arg);
2601 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
2604 /* If we find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
2605 if (got_per_bfd_arg.primary == NULL)
2607 g->next = (struct mips_got_info *)
2608 bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
2609 if (g->next == NULL)
2612 g->next->global_gotsym = NULL;
2613 g->next->global_gotno = 0;
2614 g->next->local_gotno = 0;
2615 g->next->assigned_gotno = 0;
2616 g->next->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
2617 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq,
2619 if (g->next->got_entries == NULL)
2621 g->next->bfd2got = NULL;
2624 g->next = got_per_bfd_arg.primary;
2625 g->next->next = got_per_bfd_arg.current;
2627 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
2631 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
2632 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
2633 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
2634 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
2637 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfdgot;
2640 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc
2641 (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash));
2648 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (gg->bfd2got, bfdgot, INSERT);
2650 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp == NULL);
2654 /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
2655 in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
2656 arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
2659 GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
2660 the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
2661 symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
2662 the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
2663 helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
2664 follows IRIX's practice.
2666 The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
2667 global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
2668 an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
2669 the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
2673 gg->assigned_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno;
2674 g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno;
2675 set_got_offset_arg.value = 2;
2679 /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
2680 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
2681 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
2682 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
2683 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
2684 their entries can be omitted. */
2685 gg->assigned_gotno = 0;
2686 set_got_offset_arg.value = -1;
2689 /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
2690 depends on the setting of VALUE). */
2691 set_got_offset_arg.g = NULL;
2692 htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
2693 &set_got_offset_arg);
2694 set_got_offset_arg.value = 1;
2695 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
2696 &set_got_offset_arg);
2697 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1))
2700 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
2701 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
2702 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
2703 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
2704 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
2705 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
2706 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
2707 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
2708 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
2709 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
2710 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
2711 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
2712 points back to the master GOT. */
2713 gg->local_gotno = -g->global_gotno;
2714 gg->global_gotno = g->global_gotno;
2720 struct mips_got_info *gn;
2722 assign += MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
2723 g->assigned_gotno = assign;
2724 g->local_gotno += assign + pages;
2725 assign = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno;
2727 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
2728 list that gg points to. */
2734 /* Mark global symbols in every non-primary GOT as ineligible for
2737 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_no_stub, NULL);
2741 got->_raw_size = (gg->next->local_gotno
2742 + gg->next->global_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
2748 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
2749 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
2751 static const Elf_Internal_Rela *
2752 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int r_type,
2753 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
2754 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
2756 /* According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must be
2757 immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
2758 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
2759 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
2760 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
2761 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC. */
2762 while (relocation < relend)
2764 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type)
2770 /* We didn't find it. */
2771 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2775 /* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
2778 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd *input_bfd,
2779 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
2780 asection **local_sections,
2781 bfd_boolean check_forced)
2783 unsigned long r_symndx;
2784 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2785 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2788 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
2789 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
2790 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
2792 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
2794 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL)
2799 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
2800 was forced local. */
2801 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
2802 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff];
2803 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
2804 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2805 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2806 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
2807 if ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL) != 0)
2814 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
2817 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value, int bits)
2819 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bits - 1)))
2820 /* VALUE is negative. */
2821 value |= ((bfd_vma) - 1) << bits;
2826 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
2827 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
2831 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value, int bits)
2833 bfd_signed_vma svalue = (bfd_signed_vma) value;
2835 if (svalue > (1 << (bits - 1)) - 1)
2836 /* The value is too big. */
2838 else if (svalue < -(1 << (bits - 1)))
2839 /* The value is too small. */
2846 /* Calculate the %high function. */
2849 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value)
2851 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
2854 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
2857 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2860 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
2863 return (bfd_vma) -1;
2867 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
2870 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2873 return ((value + (((bfd_vma) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
2876 return (bfd_vma) -1;
2880 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
2883 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
2884 (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2887 register asection *s;
2889 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".compact_rel") == NULL)
2891 flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2894 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".compact_rel");
2896 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags)
2897 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
2898 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
2901 s->_raw_size = sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel);
2907 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
2910 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
2911 bfd_boolean maybe_exclude)
2914 register asection *s;
2915 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2916 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
2917 struct mips_got_info *g;
2920 /* This function may be called more than once. */
2921 s = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE);
2924 if (! maybe_exclude)
2925 s->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
2929 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2930 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2933 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
2935 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
2936 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
2937 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".got");
2939 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags)
2940 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
2943 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
2944 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
2945 are not creating a global offset table. */
2947 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2948 (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
2949 0, NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
2952 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
2953 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
2954 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
2955 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
2958 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2961 amt = sizeof (struct mips_got_info);
2962 g = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2965 g->global_gotsym = NULL;
2966 g->global_gotno = 0;
2967 g->local_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
2968 g->assigned_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
2971 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
2972 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
2973 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
2975 mips_elf_section_data (s)->u.got_info = g;
2976 mips_elf_section_data (s)->elf.this_hdr.sh_flags
2977 |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
2982 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
2983 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
2984 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
2986 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
2987 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
2988 relocation must be JALX.
2990 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
2991 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
2992 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
2993 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
2995 static bfd_reloc_status_type
2996 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd *abfd, bfd *input_bfd,
2997 asection *input_section,
2998 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2999 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
3000 bfd_vma addend, reloc_howto_type *howto,
3001 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
3002 asection **local_sections, bfd_vma *valuep,
3003 const char **namep, bfd_boolean *require_jalxp,
3004 bfd_boolean save_addend)
3006 /* The eventual value we will return. */
3008 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
3011 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
3012 shared object file being produced. */
3013 bfd_vma gp = MINUS_ONE;
3014 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
3017 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
3018 bfd_vma gp0 = MINUS_ONE;
3019 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
3020 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
3021 during execution. */
3022 bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE;
3023 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
3025 asection *sec = NULL;
3026 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
3027 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
3029 bfd_boolean local_p, was_local_p;
3030 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
3031 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p = FALSE;
3032 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3034 unsigned long r_symndx;
3036 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
3037 relocation value. */
3038 bfd_boolean overflowed_p;
3039 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
3040 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
3042 /* Parse the relocation. */
3043 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
3044 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
3045 p = (input_section->output_section->vma
3046 + input_section->output_offset
3047 + relocation->r_offset);
3049 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
3050 overflowed_p = FALSE;
3052 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
3053 used in the array of hash table entries. */
3054 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
3055 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
3056 local_sections, FALSE);
3057 was_local_p = local_p;
3058 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
3059 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3062 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
3063 must come before globals. */
3067 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
3070 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3072 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
3073 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
3075 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
3076 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION
3077 || (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE))
3078 symbol += sym->st_value;
3079 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
3080 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
3082 addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd, sym, &sec, addend);
3084 addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
3087 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
3088 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
3091 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3092 *namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
3093 symtab_hdr->sh_link,
3096 *namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
3098 target_is_16_bit_code_p = (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16);
3102 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
3104 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
3105 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
3106 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
3107 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3108 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3109 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3110 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
3112 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3113 *namep = h->root.root.root.string;
3115 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
3116 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3117 if (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0
3118 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
3120 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
3121 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
3122 if (r_type != R_MIPS_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS_LO16)
3123 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
3127 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
3128 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
3129 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
3131 else if ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3132 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3133 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
3135 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
3136 if (sec->output_section)
3137 symbol = (h->root.root.u.def.value
3138 + sec->output_section->vma
3139 + sec->output_offset);
3141 symbol = h->root.root.u.def.value;
3143 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3144 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
3145 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
3146 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
3149 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
3150 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
3152 else if (strcmp (*namep, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0 ||
3153 strcmp (*namep, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
3155 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
3156 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
3157 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
3158 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
3159 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
3161 BFD_ASSERT (! info->shared);
3162 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") == NULL);
3167 if (! ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
3168 (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd,
3169 input_section, relocation->r_offset,
3170 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR)
3171 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other))))
3172 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
3176 target_is_16_bit_code_p = (h->root.other == STO_MIPS16);
3179 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
3180 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
3182 if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
3183 && ((h != NULL && h->fn_stub != NULL)
3184 || (local_p && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL
3185 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
3186 && !mips_elf_stub_section_p (input_bfd, input_section))
3188 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
3189 have already noticed that we were going to need the
3192 sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx];
3195 BFD_ASSERT (h->need_fn_stub);
3199 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
3201 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
3202 need to redirect the call to the stub. */
3203 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
3205 && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
3206 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
3208 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
3209 out which one to use by seeing which one appears in the input
3211 if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
3216 for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
3218 if (strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o),
3219 CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
3221 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
3228 else if (h->call_stub != NULL)
3231 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
3233 BFD_ASSERT (sec->_raw_size > 0);
3234 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
3237 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
3238 special jalx instruction. */
3239 *require_jalxp = (!info->relocatable
3240 && (((r_type == R_MIPS16_26) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
3241 || ((r_type == R_MIPS_26) && target_is_16_bit_code_p)));
3243 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
3244 local_sections, TRUE);
3246 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
3247 and we're going to need it, get it now. */
3250 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
3251 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
3252 /* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't
3254 local_p = local_p || _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h->root, info, 1);
3255 if (local_p || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_OFST)
3261 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
3262 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
3263 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
3264 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
3265 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
3266 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
3269 /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a
3270 GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the
3271 symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added
3273 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
3274 g = mips_elf_global_got_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
3276 (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h);
3277 if (! elf_hash_table(info)->dynamic_sections_created
3279 && (info->symbolic || h->root.dynindx == -1)
3280 && (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR)))
3282 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
3283 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
3284 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
3285 bfd *tmpbfd = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
3286 asection *sgot = mips_elf_got_section (tmpbfd, FALSE);
3287 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (tmpbfd, symbol, sgot->contents + g);
3290 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16 || r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16)
3291 /* There's no need to create a local GOT entry here; the
3292 calculation for a local GOT16 entry does not involve G. */
3296 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd,
3297 info, symbol + addend);
3299 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3302 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
3303 g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
3304 abfd, input_bfd, g);
3309 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
3310 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
3311 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
3312 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
3313 gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
3314 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
3315 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj)
3316 gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd,
3318 (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, NULL),
3326 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
3330 return bfd_reloc_continue;
3333 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
3334 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3341 || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
3343 && ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
3344 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0)
3345 && ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
3346 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)))
3348 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3350 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
3351 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
3352 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
3353 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
3356 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd,
3364 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
3368 if (r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
3369 value = symbol + addend;
3373 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3378 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL_LO16:
3379 value = symbol + addend - p;
3380 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3383 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2:
3384 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 18) - p;
3385 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18);
3386 value = (value >> 2) & howto->dst_mask;
3389 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16:
3390 /* Instead of subtracting 'p' here, we should be subtracting the
3391 equivalent value for the LO part of the reloc, since the value
3392 here is relative to that address. Because that's not easy to do,
3393 we adjust 'addend' in _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section(). See also
3394 the comment there for more information. */
3395 value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - p);
3396 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3400 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
3401 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
3402 the output file that's different. That's handled in
3403 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
3404 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
3407 value = ((addend | ((p + 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol) >> 2;
3409 value = (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 28) + symbol) >> 2;
3410 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3416 value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol);
3417 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3421 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p);
3422 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3428 value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask;
3431 value = addend + gp - p + 4;
3432 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3433 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
3434 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
3435 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
3438 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
3439 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
3442 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
3443 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
3444 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
3445 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
3446 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
3447 not check for overflow here. */
3451 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
3452 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
3453 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
3454 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
3459 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
3460 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
3461 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
3462 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
3463 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
3464 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
3465 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
3466 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
3467 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
3468 if (howto->partial_inplace)
3469 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
3470 value = symbol + addend - gp;
3471 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
3472 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
3473 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
3474 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
3478 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3487 /* The special case is when the symbol is forced to be local. We
3488 need the full address in the GOT since no R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3490 forced = ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
3491 local_sections, FALSE);
3492 value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, input_bfd, info,
3493 symbol + addend, forced);
3494 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
3495 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3497 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
3498 abfd, input_bfd, value);
3499 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3505 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
3508 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3511 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
3512 value = (addend + symbol + gp0 - gp);
3514 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3518 value = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16) + symbol - p;
3519 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3522 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
3523 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
3524 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
3525 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
3526 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
3528 value = mips_elf_high (value);
3529 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3532 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
3533 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
3534 value = g & howto->dst_mask;
3537 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
3538 /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay
3539 to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to
3543 value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, NULL);
3544 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
3545 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3546 value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
3547 abfd, input_bfd, value);
3548 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3551 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
3553 mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, &value);
3556 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3560 value = symbol - addend;
3561 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3565 value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol);
3566 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3569 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
3570 value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol);
3571 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3574 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP:
3575 value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset;
3576 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3581 /* Both of these may be ignored. R_MIPS_JALR is an optimization
3582 hint; we could improve performance by honoring that hint. */
3583 return bfd_reloc_continue;
3585 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
3586 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
3587 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
3588 return bfd_reloc_continue;
3591 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
3592 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
3595 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
3597 return overflowed_p ? bfd_reloc_overflow : bfd_reloc_ok;
3600 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
3603 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type *howto,
3604 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
3605 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_byte *contents)
3608 bfd_byte *location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
3610 /* Obtain the bytes. */
3611 x = bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto)), input_bfd, location);
3613 if ((ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info) == R_MIPS16_26
3614 || ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info) == R_MIPS16_GPREL)
3615 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd))
3616 /* The two 16-bit words will be reversed on a little-endian system.
3617 See mips_elf_perform_relocation for more details. */
3618 x = (((x & 0xffff) << 16) | ((x & 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3623 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
3624 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
3625 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
3626 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
3627 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
3628 unconditionally converted to JALX.
3630 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
3633 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3634 reloc_howto_type *howto,
3635 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
3636 bfd_vma value, bfd *input_bfd,
3637 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
3638 bfd_boolean require_jalx)
3642 int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
3644 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
3645 location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
3647 /* Obtain the current value. */
3648 x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents);
3650 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
3651 x &= ~howto->dst_mask;
3653 /* If this is the R_MIPS16_26 relocation, we must store the
3654 value in a funny way. */
3655 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
3657 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
3658 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
3661 The format of these instructions is:
3663 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3664 ! JALX ! X! Imm 20:16 ! Imm 25:21 !
3665 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3667 +-----------------------------------------------+
3669 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
3670 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
3672 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
3673 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
3674 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
3675 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
3676 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
3677 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
3678 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
3679 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
3680 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
3681 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
3684 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
3685 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
3686 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
3687 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
3688 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
3689 value as two 16-bit values.
3691 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
3695 +--------+----------------------+
3699 +--------+----------------------+
3702 +----------+------+-------------+
3706 +----------+--------------------+
3707 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
3708 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
3710 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
3711 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3712 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
3713 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3714 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff) */
3716 if (!info->relocatable)
3717 /* Shuffle the bits according to the formula above. */
3718 value = (((value & 0x1f0000) << 5)
3719 | ((value & 0x3e00000) >> 5)
3720 | (value & 0xffff));
3722 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL)
3724 /* R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
3725 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
3727 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3728 ! EXTEND ! Imm 10:5 ! Imm 15:11 !
3729 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3730 ! Major ! rx ! ry ! Imm 4:0 !
3731 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3733 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
3736 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
3737 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
3738 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
3740 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
3741 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
3742 little-endian system. */
3743 value = (((value & 0x7e0) << 16)
3744 | ((value & 0xf800) << 5)
3748 /* Set the field. */
3749 x |= (value & howto->dst_mask);
3751 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
3755 bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26;
3756 bfd_vma jalx_opcode;
3758 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
3759 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
3761 ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7));
3766 ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d));
3770 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
3773 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3774 (_("%s: %s+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
3775 bfd_archive_filename (input_bfd),
3776 input_section->name,
3777 (unsigned long) relocation->r_offset);
3778 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3782 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
3783 x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26);
3786 /* Swap the high- and low-order 16 bits on little-endian systems
3787 when doing a MIPS16 relocation. */
3788 if ((r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL || r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
3789 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd))
3790 x = (((x & 0xffff) << 16) | ((x & 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3792 /* Put the value into the output. */
3793 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto), input_bfd, x, location);
3797 /* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
3800 mips_elf_stub_section_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section)
3802 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, section);
3804 return (strncmp (name, FN_STUB, sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0
3805 || strncmp (name, CALL_STUB, sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0
3806 || strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0);
3809 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel.dyn section in ABFD. */
3812 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd *abfd, unsigned int n)
3816 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (abfd, FALSE);
3817 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3819 if (s->_raw_size == 0)
3821 /* Make room for a null element. */
3822 s->_raw_size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
3825 s->_raw_size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
3828 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
3829 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
3830 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
3831 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
3834 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
3835 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3836 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
3837 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3838 asection *sec, bfd_vma symbol,
3839 bfd_vma *addendp, asection *input_section)
3841 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel[3];
3847 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
3848 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
3849 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
3850 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
3851 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->contents != NULL);
3852 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->reloc_count * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd)
3853 < sreloc->_raw_size);
3856 outrel[0].r_offset =
3857 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[0].r_offset);
3858 outrel[1].r_offset =
3859 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset);
3860 outrel[2].r_offset =
3861 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset);
3864 /* We begin by assuming that the offset for the dynamic relocation
3865 is the same as for the original relocation. We'll adjust this
3866 later to reflect the correct output offsets. */
3867 if (input_section->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS)
3869 outrel[1].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset;
3870 outrel[2].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset;
3874 /* Except that in a stab section things are more complex.
3875 Because we compress stab information, the offset given in the
3876 relocation may not be the one we want; we must let the stabs
3877 machinery tell us the offset. */
3878 outrel[1].r_offset = outrel[0].r_offset;
3879 outrel[2].r_offset = outrel[0].r_offset;
3880 /* If we didn't need the relocation at all, this value will be
3882 if (outrel[0].r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
3887 if (outrel[0].r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
3888 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
3890 else if (outrel[0].r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
3892 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
3893 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
3894 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
3899 /* If we've decided to skip this relocation, just output an empty
3900 record. Note that R_MIPS_NONE == 0, so that this call to memset
3901 is a way of setting R_TYPE to R_MIPS_NONE. */
3903 memset (outrel, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela) * 3);
3907 bfd_boolean defined_p;
3909 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
3910 in the relocation. */
3912 && (! info->symbolic || (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
3913 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)
3914 /* h->root.dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
3916 && h->root.dynindx != -1)
3918 indx = h->root.dynindx;
3919 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
3920 defined_p = ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
3921 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) != 0);
3923 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
3924 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
3925 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
3926 undefined symbols. */
3931 if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
3933 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
3935 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3940 indx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
3945 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
3946 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
3947 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
3948 local symbols because we used to generate them
3949 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
3950 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
3951 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
3952 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
3953 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
3954 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
3956 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
3957 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
3958 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
3959 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
3960 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
3965 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
3966 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
3967 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
3968 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
3969 if (defined_p && r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
3972 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
3973 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
3974 outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) indx,
3976 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
3977 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
3978 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
3979 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
3980 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
3981 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
3982 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
3983 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
3984 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
3985 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
3986 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
3987 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
3988 outrel[1].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0,
3989 ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
3992 outrel[2].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_NONE);
3994 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
3995 correct location in the output file. */
3996 outrel[0].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
3997 + input_section->output_offset);
3998 outrel[1].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
3999 + input_section->output_offset);
4000 outrel[2].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
4001 + input_section->output_offset);
4004 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
4005 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
4006 relocation format is non-standard. */
4007 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
4009 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
4010 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
4012 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
4015 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
4016 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
4017 (sreloc->contents + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
4019 /* We've now added another relocation. */
4020 ++sreloc->reloc_count;
4022 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
4023 will be writing to it. */
4024 elf_section_data (input_section->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags
4027 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
4028 if (! skip && IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5)
4030 asection *scpt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
4035 Elf32_crinfo cptrel;
4037 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel, CRF_MIPS_LONG);
4038 cptrel.vaddr = (rel->r_offset
4039 + input_section->output_section->vma
4040 + input_section->output_offset);
4041 if (r_type == R_MIPS_REL32)
4042 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_REL32);
4044 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_WORD);
4045 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel, 0);
4046 cptrel.konst = *addendp;
4048 cr = (scpt->contents
4049 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
4050 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd, &cptrel,
4051 ((Elf32_External_crinfo *) cr
4052 + scpt->reloc_count));
4053 ++scpt->reloc_count;
4060 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
4063 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags)
4065 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_MACH)
4067 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900:
4068 return bfd_mach_mips3900;
4070 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010:
4071 return bfd_mach_mips4010;
4073 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100:
4074 return bfd_mach_mips4100;
4076 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111:
4077 return bfd_mach_mips4111;
4079 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120:
4080 return bfd_mach_mips4120;
4082 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650:
4083 return bfd_mach_mips4650;
4085 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400:
4086 return bfd_mach_mips5400;
4088 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500:
4089 return bfd_mach_mips5500;
4091 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1:
4092 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1;
4095 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
4099 return bfd_mach_mips3000;
4103 return bfd_mach_mips6000;
4107 return bfd_mach_mips4000;
4111 return bfd_mach_mips8000;
4115 return bfd_mach_mips5;
4118 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
4119 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32;
4122 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
4123 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64;
4126 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2:
4127 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2;
4130 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2:
4131 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2;
4139 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
4141 static INLINE char *
4142 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd *abfd)
4146 flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
4147 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
4150 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
4152 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
4156 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32:
4158 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64:
4160 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32:
4162 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64:
4165 return "unknown abi";
4169 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
4170 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
4171 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
4172 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
4173 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
4174 static asection mips_elf_scom_section;
4175 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol;
4176 static asymbol *mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
4178 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
4179 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
4180 definition in a shared library. */
4181 static asection mips_elf_acom_section;
4182 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol;
4183 static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
4185 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
4186 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4189 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd, asymbol *asym)
4191 elf_symbol_type *elfsym;
4193 elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
4194 switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
4196 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
4197 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
4198 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
4199 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
4200 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
4201 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
4202 if (mips_elf_acom_section.name == NULL)
4204 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
4205 mips_elf_acom_section.name = ".acommon";
4206 mips_elf_acom_section.flags = SEC_ALLOC;
4207 mips_elf_acom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
4208 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
4209 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
4210 mips_elf_acom_symbol.name = ".acommon";
4211 mips_elf_acom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
4212 mips_elf_acom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
4213 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
4215 asym->section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
4219 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4220 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
4221 if (asym->value > elf_gp_size (abfd)
4222 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
4225 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
4226 if (mips_elf_scom_section.name == NULL)
4228 /* Initialize the small common section. */
4229 mips_elf_scom_section.name = ".scommon";
4230 mips_elf_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON;
4231 mips_elf_scom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
4232 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
4233 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
4234 mips_elf_scom_symbol.name = ".scommon";
4235 mips_elf_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
4236 mips_elf_scom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
4237 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
4239 asym->section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
4240 asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
4243 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
4244 asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
4247 #if 0 /* for SGI_COMPAT */
4249 asym->section = mips_elf_text_section_ptr;
4253 asym->section = mips_elf_data_section_ptr;
4259 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
4260 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
4261 same address. For example, if we have code like:
4263 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
4264 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
4267 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
4268 will jump there rather than to .text.
4270 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
4271 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
4274 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd *abfd)
4276 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd);
4279 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
4280 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
4281 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
4285 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr)
4287 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
4288 && hdr->sh_size > 0)
4292 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
4293 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->contents == NULL);
4296 hdr->sh_offset + sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4,
4299 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
4300 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
4304 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
4305 && hdr->bfd_section != NULL
4306 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section) != NULL
4307 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata != NULL)
4309 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
4311 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
4312 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
4313 so that we don't have to read them again.
4314 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
4315 through the section contents to see if there is an
4316 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
4318 contents = mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata;
4320 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
4321 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
4323 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
4325 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
4327 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
4329 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4330 (_("Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
4331 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
4336 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
4343 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
4344 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo) - 8)),
4347 H_PUT_64 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
4348 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 8, abfd) != 8)
4351 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
4358 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
4359 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4)),
4362 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
4363 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
4370 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
4372 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section);
4374 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
4375 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0
4376 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
4378 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4379 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
4381 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
4383 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4384 hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
4386 else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0)
4388 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4389 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
4391 else if (strcmp (name, ".compact_rel") == 0)
4394 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
4396 else if (strcmp (name, ".rtproc") == 0)
4398 if (hdr->sh_addralign != 0 && hdr->sh_entsize == 0)
4400 unsigned int adjust;
4402 adjust = hdr->sh_size % hdr->sh_addralign;
4404 hdr->sh_size += hdr->sh_addralign - adjust;
4412 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
4413 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
4414 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
4416 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
4420 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
4425 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
4426 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
4427 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
4428 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
4429 probably get away with this. */
4430 switch (hdr->sh_type)
4432 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
4433 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") != 0)
4437 if (strcmp (name, ".msym") != 0)
4440 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
4441 if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") != 0)
4444 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
4445 if (strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) != 0)
4448 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE:
4449 if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") != 0)
4452 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG:
4453 if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") != 0)
4455 flags = SEC_DEBUGGING;
4457 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO:
4458 if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") != 0
4459 || hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo))
4461 flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE);
4463 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE:
4464 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
4467 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
4468 if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content", sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) != 0)
4471 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
4472 if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) != 0)
4475 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF:
4476 if (strncmp (name, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) != 0)
4479 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
4480 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
4483 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
4484 if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) != 0
4485 && strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4486 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) != 0)
4493 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name))
4498 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
4499 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd,
4505 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
4507 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
4508 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
4509 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
4510 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
4511 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO)
4513 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
4516 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
4517 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
4519 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, &ext, &s);
4520 elf_gp (abfd) = s.ri_gp_value;
4523 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
4524 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
4525 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
4526 they should agree. */
4527 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
4529 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
4531 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
4532 if (contents == NULL)
4534 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents,
4541 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
4542 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
4544 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
4546 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
4548 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
4550 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4551 (_("Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
4552 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
4556 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
4558 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg;
4560 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
4562 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo *)
4563 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
4565 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
4567 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
4569 Elf32_RegInfo intreg;
4571 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
4573 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo *)
4574 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
4576 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
4586 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
4587 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
4588 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4591 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *sec)
4593 register const char *name;
4595 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
4597 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") == 0)
4599 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST;
4600 hdr->sh_info = sec->_raw_size / sizeof (Elf32_Lib);
4601 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4603 else if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") == 0)
4604 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT;
4605 else if (strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
4607 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_GPTAB;
4608 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
4609 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4611 else if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") == 0)
4612 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_UCODE;
4613 else if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") == 0)
4615 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DEBUG;
4616 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
4617 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4618 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
4619 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
4621 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
4623 else if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") == 0)
4625 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_REGINFO;
4626 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
4627 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4628 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
4630 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
4631 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
4633 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
4636 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
4638 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
4639 && (strcmp (name, ".hash") == 0
4640 || strcmp (name, ".dynamic") == 0
4641 || strcmp (name, ".dynstr") == 0))
4643 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
4644 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
4646 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
4647 hdr->sh_info = SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES;
4650 else if (strcmp (name, ".got") == 0
4651 || strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0
4652 || strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
4653 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
4654 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0
4655 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0)
4656 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4657 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
4659 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_IFACE;
4660 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
4662 else if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content", strlen (".MIPS.content")) == 0)
4664 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONTENT;
4665 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
4666 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4668 else if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == 0)
4670 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
4671 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
4672 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
4674 else if (strncmp (name, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) == 0)
4675 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF;
4676 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
4678 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB;
4679 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
4680 final_write_processing. */
4682 else if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0
4683 || strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4684 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0)
4686 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_EVENTS;
4687 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
4688 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4690 else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0)
4692 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_MSYM;
4693 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
4694 hdr->sh_entsize = 8;
4697 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
4698 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
4699 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
4700 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
4701 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
4706 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
4707 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
4708 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
4709 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
4710 the .scommon section. */
4713 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4714 asection *sec, int *retval)
4716 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".scommon") == 0)
4718 *retval = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
4721 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".acommon") == 0)
4723 *retval = SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON;
4729 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
4730 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
4733 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
4734 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, const char **namep,
4735 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4736 asection **secp, bfd_vma *valp)
4738 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
4739 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
4740 && strcmp (*namep, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
4742 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
4747 switch (sym->st_shndx)
4750 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4751 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
4752 if (sym->st_size > elf_gp_size (abfd)
4753 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
4756 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
4757 *secp = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".scommon");
4758 (*secp)->flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
4759 *valp = sym->st_size;
4763 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4764 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section == NULL)
4766 asymbol *elf_text_symbol;
4767 asection *elf_text_section;
4768 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
4770 elf_text_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4771 if (elf_text_section == NULL)
4774 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
4775 elf_text_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4776 if (elf_text_symbol == NULL)
4779 /* Initialize the section. */
4781 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section = elf_text_section;
4782 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol = elf_text_symbol;
4784 elf_text_section->symbol = elf_text_symbol;
4785 elf_text_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol;
4787 elf_text_section->name = ".text";
4788 elf_text_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
4789 elf_text_section->output_section = NULL;
4790 elf_text_section->owner = abfd;
4791 elf_text_symbol->name = ".text";
4792 elf_text_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
4793 elf_text_symbol->section = elf_text_section;
4795 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4796 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4797 so I took it out. */
4798 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section;
4801 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
4802 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
4804 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4805 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section == NULL)
4807 asymbol *elf_data_symbol;
4808 asection *elf_data_section;
4809 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
4811 elf_data_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4812 if (elf_data_section == NULL)
4815 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
4816 elf_data_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4817 if (elf_data_symbol == NULL)
4820 /* Initialize the section. */
4822 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section = elf_data_section;
4823 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol = elf_data_symbol;
4825 elf_data_section->symbol = elf_data_symbol;
4826 elf_data_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol;
4828 elf_data_section->name = ".data";
4829 elf_data_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
4830 elf_data_section->output_section = NULL;
4831 elf_data_section->owner = abfd;
4832 elf_data_symbol->name = ".data";
4833 elf_data_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
4834 elf_data_symbol->section = elf_data_section;
4836 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4837 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4838 so I took it out. */
4839 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section;
4842 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
4843 *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr;
4847 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
4849 && info->hash->creator == abfd->xvec
4850 && strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
4852 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4853 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
4855 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
4857 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4858 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, *secp, *valp, NULL, FALSE,
4859 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
4862 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
4863 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
4864 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
4865 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
4867 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
4870 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head = TRUE;
4873 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
4874 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
4875 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
4876 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
4882 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
4883 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
4884 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
4887 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
4888 (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4889 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
4890 asection *input_sec, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4892 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
4893 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
4894 common in the output file. */
4895 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
4896 && strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0)
4897 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
4899 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16
4900 && (sym->st_value & 1) != 0)
4906 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
4908 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
4911 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4913 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4914 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
4916 register asection *s;
4917 const char * const *namep;
4919 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
4920 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
4922 /* Mips ABI requests the .dynamic section to be read only. */
4923 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
4926 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags))
4930 /* We need to create .got section. */
4931 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info, FALSE))
4934 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, TRUE))
4937 /* Create .stub section. */
4938 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
4939 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == NULL)
4941 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd));
4943 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_CODE)
4944 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
4945 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
4949 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
4951 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL)
4953 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".rld_map");
4955 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY)
4956 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
4957 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
4961 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
4962 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
4963 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
4964 the linker takes such action. */
4965 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
4967 for (namep = mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names; *namep != NULL; namep++)
4970 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4971 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_und_section_ptr, 0,
4972 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
4975 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
4976 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
4977 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
4978 h->type = STT_SECTION;
4980 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
4984 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
4985 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
4987 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info))
4991 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
4992 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".hash");
4994 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
4995 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
4997 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
4998 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
5000 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
5001 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
5003 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
5004 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
5006 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
5013 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
5015 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5016 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, 0,
5017 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
5020 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
5021 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
5022 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
5023 h->type = STT_SECTION;
5025 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
5028 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head)
5030 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
5031 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
5032 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
5033 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
5034 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map");
5035 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5037 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
5039 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5040 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, s, 0, NULL, FALSE,
5041 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
5044 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
5045 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
5046 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
5047 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
5049 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
5057 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
5058 allocate space in the global offset table. */
5061 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
5062 asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
5066 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5067 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
5068 struct mips_got_info *g;
5070 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
5071 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
5074 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5076 if (info->relocatable)
5079 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5080 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
5081 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
5082 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5084 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
5086 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
5087 if (strncmp (name, FN_STUB, sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0)
5089 unsigned long r_symndx;
5091 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5094 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info);
5096 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
5097 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
5101 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
5102 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
5103 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
5104 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
5106 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
5107 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
5109 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
5110 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
5111 || o->reloc_count == 0
5112 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), FN_STUB,
5113 sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0
5114 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), CALL_STUB,
5115 sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0
5116 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), CALL_FP_STUB,
5117 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
5121 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
5123 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
5126 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
5127 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
5128 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
5129 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) != R_MIPS16_26)
5132 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
5141 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
5142 not need it. Since this function is called before
5143 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
5144 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
5146 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5150 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
5152 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs == NULL)
5154 unsigned long symcount;
5158 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
5159 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
5161 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5162 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
5163 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
5166 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs = n;
5169 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
5171 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
5172 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
5173 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
5174 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
5178 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5180 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5181 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
5183 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5186 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
5189 else if (strncmp (name, CALL_STUB, sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0
5190 || strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
5192 unsigned long r_symndx;
5193 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5196 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5199 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info);
5201 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
5202 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
5204 /* This stub was actually built for a static symbol defined
5205 in the same file. We assume that all static symbols in
5206 mips16 code are themselves mips16, so we can simply
5207 discard this stub. Since this function is called before
5208 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we can
5209 easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
5210 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5214 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5215 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
5217 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5219 if (strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
5220 loc = &h->call_fp_stub;
5222 loc = &h->call_stub;
5224 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
5225 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
5226 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
5227 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
5228 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. We can also discard this section if we
5229 happen to already know that this is a mips16 function; it is
5230 not necessary to check this here, as it is checked later, but
5231 it is slightly faster to check now. */
5232 if (*loc != NULL || h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
5234 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5239 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
5249 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
5254 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
5255 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
5256 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
5261 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5262 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
5263 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel)
5265 unsigned long r_symndx;
5266 unsigned int r_type;
5267 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5269 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info);
5270 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
5272 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
5274 else if (r_symndx >= extsymoff + NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
5276 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5277 (_("%s: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
5278 bfd_archive_filename (abfd), name);
5279 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5284 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff];
5286 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
5289 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
5290 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
5294 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
5295 if (dynobj == NULL || sgot == NULL)
5301 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5302 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5303 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5304 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5305 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
5306 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
5307 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5309 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
5310 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info, FALSE))
5312 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
5319 && (info->shared || h != NULL)
5320 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5321 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
5329 if (!h && (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
5330 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
5331 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP))
5333 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
5334 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
5335 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
5336 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
5337 R_MIPS_CALL16. We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
5338 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
5339 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
5340 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
5350 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5351 (_("%s: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
5352 bfd_archive_filename (abfd), (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
5353 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5358 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5359 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5362 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5363 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g))
5366 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
5367 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
5368 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
5369 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT;
5374 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
5375 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
5376 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
5381 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
5382 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5384 while (hmips->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5385 || hmips->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5386 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5387 hmips->root.root.u.i.link;
5389 if ((hmips->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR)
5390 && ! (info->shared && ! info->symbolic
5391 && ! (hmips->root.elf_link_hash_flags
5392 & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL)))
5398 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5399 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5400 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5401 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5402 if (h && ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g))
5409 if ((info->shared || h != NULL)
5410 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5414 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, TRUE);
5418 #define MIPS_READONLY_SECTION (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)
5421 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
5422 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
5423 relocs. We make room for this reloc in the
5424 .rel.dyn reloc section. */
5425 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, 1);
5426 if ((sec->flags & MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
5427 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
5428 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
5429 relocations against the text segment. */
5430 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5434 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
5436 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
5437 defined in a dynamic object. */
5438 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5439 ++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
5440 if ((sec->flags & MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
5441 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
5442 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
5443 are relocations against the text segment. */
5444 hmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
5447 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
5448 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
5449 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
5450 dynamic relocations against it. */
5454 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
5455 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info, TRUE))
5457 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
5458 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g))
5463 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
5464 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
5465 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
5469 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
5470 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
5471 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
5472 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
5473 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
5474 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
5477 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
5478 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
5479 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5480 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
5484 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
5485 used. Record for later use during GC. */
5486 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
5487 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
5495 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
5496 related to taking the function's address. */
5502 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
5504 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5505 mh->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
5509 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5510 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5515 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
5516 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
5517 References from a stub section do not count. */
5519 && r_type != R_MIPS16_26
5520 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), FN_STUB,
5521 sizeof FN_STUB - 1) != 0
5522 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), CALL_STUB,
5523 sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) != 0
5524 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), CALL_FP_STUB,
5525 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) != 0)
5527 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
5529 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5530 mh->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
5538 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
5539 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
5542 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
5543 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
5544 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5545 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
5546 bfd_byte *free_contents = NULL;
5548 bfd_boolean changed_contents = FALSE;
5549 bfd_vma sec_start = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5550 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
5552 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
5555 if (link_info->relocatable)
5558 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
5559 link_info->keep_memory);
5560 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
5563 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count
5564 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
5565 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
5566 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5568 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
5571 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset;
5572 unsigned int r_type;
5573 unsigned long r_symndx;
5575 unsigned long instruction;
5577 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
5578 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
5579 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
5580 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, irel->r_info);
5581 if (r_type != R_MIPS_JALR)
5584 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, irel->r_info);
5585 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
5586 if (r_symndx >= extsymoff)
5588 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h
5589 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5590 elf_sym_hashes (abfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
5592 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5593 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5594 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
5596 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
5598 if (! ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5599 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
5600 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
5601 || (link_info->shared && ! link_info->symbolic
5602 && ! (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL)))
5605 sym_sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
5606 if (sym_sec->output_section)
5607 symval = (h->root.root.u.def.value
5608 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
5609 + sym_sec->output_offset);
5611 symval = h->root.root.u.def.value;
5615 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
5617 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
5618 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
5620 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
5621 if (isymbuf == NULL)
5622 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
5623 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
5625 if (isymbuf == NULL)
5629 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
5630 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
5632 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
5633 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5634 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
5635 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
5638 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
5639 symval = isym->st_value
5640 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
5641 + sym_sec->output_offset;
5644 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
5646 sym_offset = (symval + irel->r_addend)
5647 - (sec_start + irel->r_offset + 4);
5649 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
5650 if ((sym_offset & 3) != 0)
5655 /* Check that it's in range. */
5656 if (sym_offset < -0x8000 || sym_offset >= 0x8000)
5659 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
5660 if (contents == NULL)
5662 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
5663 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
5664 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
5667 contents = bfd_malloc (sec->_raw_size);
5668 if (contents == NULL)
5671 free_contents = contents;
5672 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, contents,
5678 instruction = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset);
5680 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
5681 if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
5682 instruction = 0x04110000;
5683 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
5684 else if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
5685 instruction = 0x10000000;
5689 instruction |= (sym_offset & 0xffff);
5690 bfd_put_32 (abfd, instruction, contents + irel->r_offset);
5691 changed_contents = TRUE;
5694 if (contents != NULL
5695 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
5697 if (!changed_contents && !link_info->keep_memory)
5701 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
5702 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
5708 if (free_contents != NULL)
5709 free (free_contents);
5713 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
5714 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
5715 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
5716 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
5720 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5721 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5724 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
5727 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5729 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
5730 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
5731 && ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT)
5732 || h->weakdef != NULL
5733 || ((h->elf_link_hash_flags
5734 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0
5735 && (h->elf_link_hash_flags
5736 & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) != 0
5737 && (h->elf_link_hash_flags
5738 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)));
5740 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
5741 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
5743 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5744 if (! info->relocatable
5745 && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0
5746 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
5747 || (h->elf_link_hash_flags
5748 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0))
5750 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj,
5751 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs);
5752 if (hmips->readonly_reloc)
5753 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
5754 against the text segment. */
5755 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5758 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
5759 if (! hmips->no_fn_stub
5760 && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) != 0)
5762 if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5765 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
5766 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
5767 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
5768 executable and the shared library. */
5769 if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)
5771 /* We need .stub section. */
5772 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
5773 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
5774 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5776 h->root.u.def.section = s;
5777 h->root.u.def.value = s->_raw_size;
5779 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
5780 h->plt.offset = s->_raw_size;
5782 /* Make room for this stub code. */
5783 s->_raw_size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
5785 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
5786 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
5790 else if ((h->type == STT_FUNC)
5791 && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) == 0)
5793 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
5794 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
5795 h->root.u.def.value = 0;
5799 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
5800 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
5801 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
5802 if (h->weakdef != NULL)
5804 BFD_ASSERT (h->weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5805 || h->weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
5806 h->root.u.def.section = h->weakdef->root.u.def.section;
5807 h->root.u.def.value = h->weakdef->root.u.def.value;
5811 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
5812 is not a function. */
5817 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
5818 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
5819 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
5822 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
5823 struct bfd_link_info *info)
5829 struct mips_got_info *g;
5831 bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0;
5832 bfd_size_type local_gotno;
5835 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
5836 ri = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo");
5838 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, ri, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
5840 if (! (info->relocatable
5841 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen))
5842 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
5843 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs, NULL);
5845 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5847 /* Relocatable links don't have it. */
5850 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &s);
5854 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
5855 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
5857 for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub; sub = sub->link_next)
5859 asection *subsection;
5861 for (subsection = sub->sections;
5863 subsection = subsection->next)
5865 if ((subsection->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
5867 loadable_size += ((subsection->_raw_size + 0xf)
5868 &~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf);
5872 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
5873 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
5874 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
5875 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
5877 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1))
5880 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL)
5881 i = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->global_gotsym->dynindx;
5883 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
5884 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
5887 /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
5888 one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
5890 loadable_size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE * (i + 1);
5892 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of
5893 contiguous sections. Is 5 enough? */
5894 local_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5;
5896 g->local_gotno += local_gotno;
5897 s->_raw_size += g->local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
5899 g->global_gotno = i;
5900 s->_raw_size += i * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
5902 if (s->_raw_size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (output_bfd)
5903 && ! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, g, s, local_gotno))
5909 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5912 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
5913 struct bfd_link_info *info)
5917 bfd_boolean reltext;
5919 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5920 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
5922 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5924 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5925 if (info->executable)
5927 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
5928 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5930 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1;
5932 = (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd);
5936 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
5937 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
5940 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5945 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
5946 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
5947 name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
5949 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5954 if (strncmp (name, ".rel", 4) == 0)
5956 if (s->_raw_size == 0)
5958 /* We only strip the section if the output section name
5959 has the same name. Otherwise, there might be several
5960 input sections for this output section. FIXME: This
5961 code is probably not needed these days anyhow, since
5962 the linker now does not create empty output sections. */
5963 if (s->output_section != NULL
5965 bfd_get_section_name (s->output_section->owner,
5966 s->output_section)) == 0)
5971 const char *outname;
5974 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
5975 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
5976 If the relocation section is .rel.dyn, we always
5977 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
5978 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
5980 outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd,
5982 target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 4);
5984 && (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
5985 && (target->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5986 || strcmp (outname, ".rel.dyn") == 0)
5989 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5990 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5991 if (strcmp (name, ".rel.dyn") != 0)
5994 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
5995 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
5996 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
5997 will move them around between input sections'
5998 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
5999 broken, so don't let it run. */
6000 info->combreloc = 0;
6003 else if (strncmp (name, ".got", 4) == 0)
6005 /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
6006 most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
6007 to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
6009 struct mips_got_info *gg = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL);
6010 struct mips_got_info *g = gg;
6011 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
6012 unsigned int needed_relocs = 0;
6016 set_got_offset_arg.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
6017 set_got_offset_arg.info = info;
6019 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg);
6020 for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next)
6022 unsigned int save_assign;
6024 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g);
6026 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
6027 save_assign = g->assigned_gotno;
6028 g->assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno;
6029 set_got_offset_arg.g = g;
6030 set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs = 0;
6031 htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
6032 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
6033 &set_got_offset_arg);
6034 needed_relocs += set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs;
6035 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno - g->local_gotno
6036 <= g->global_gotno);
6038 g->assigned_gotno = save_assign;
6041 needed_relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_gotno;
6042 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == g->next->local_gotno
6043 + g->next->global_gotno
6044 + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO);
6049 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, needed_relocs);
6052 else if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)) == 0)
6054 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
6055 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
6056 s->_raw_size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
6058 else if (! info->shared
6059 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
6060 && strncmp (name, ".rld_map", 8) == 0)
6062 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
6063 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
6066 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
6067 && strncmp (name, ".compact_rel", 12) == 0)
6068 s->_raw_size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size;
6069 else if (strncmp (name, ".init", 5) != 0)
6071 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
6077 _bfd_strip_section_from_output (info, s);
6081 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
6082 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->_raw_size);
6083 if (s->contents == NULL && s->_raw_size != 0)
6085 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
6090 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
6092 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
6093 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
6094 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
6095 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
6096 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
6099 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
6100 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. */
6101 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0))
6103 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6105 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
6111 /* Shared libraries on traditional mips have DT_DEBUG. */
6112 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6114 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
6119 if (reltext && SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6120 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
6122 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
6124 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0))
6128 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0))
6131 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE))
6133 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0))
6136 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0))
6139 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0))
6143 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0))
6146 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0))
6150 /* Time stamps in executable files are a bad idea. */
6151 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP, 0))
6156 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM, 0))
6161 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_IVERSION, 0))
6165 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0))
6168 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0))
6171 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0))
6174 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0))
6177 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0))
6180 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5
6181 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0))
6184 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6
6185 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
6186 (dynobj, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)))
6187 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0))
6194 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
6197 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
6198 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
6199 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
6200 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
6201 asection **local_sections)
6203 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
6204 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
6206 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
6207 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6209 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
6210 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
6211 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel)
6215 reloc_howto_type *howto;
6216 bfd_boolean require_jalx;
6217 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
6219 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p = TRUE;
6220 unsigned int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
6223 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
6224 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
6226 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
6227 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
6228 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
6229 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
6230 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
6231 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
6232 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, R_MIPS_32, FALSE);
6234 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
6236 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
6240 /* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations. */
6241 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type,
6242 NEWABI_P (input_bfd)
6243 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
6244 (input_bfd, input_section,
6247 if (!use_saved_addend_p)
6249 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
6251 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
6252 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
6253 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
6254 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation
6255 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
6256 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
6257 rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr;
6258 if ((size_t) (rel - relocs)
6259 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel))
6260 rel_hdr = elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr2;
6261 if (rel_hdr->sh_entsize == MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd))
6263 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */
6264 rela_relocation_p = FALSE;
6266 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
6267 addend = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, input_bfd,
6269 addend &= howto->src_mask;
6271 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
6272 combination of the addend stored in two different
6274 if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
6275 || r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
6276 || (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
6277 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel,
6278 local_sections, FALSE)))
6281 const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation;
6282 reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto;
6285 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
6286 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
6287 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does
6288 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
6291 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation. */
6292 if (r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16)
6293 lo = R_MIPS_GNU_REL_LO16;
6296 lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd, lo,
6298 if (lo16_relocation == NULL)
6301 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
6302 lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, lo, FALSE);
6303 l = mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto, lo16_relocation,
6304 input_bfd, contents);
6305 l &= lo16_howto->src_mask;
6306 l <<= lo16_howto->rightshift;
6307 l = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16);
6311 /* Compute the combined addend. */
6314 /* If PC-relative, subtract the difference between the
6315 address of the LO part of the reloc and the address of
6316 the HI part. The relocation is relative to the LO
6317 part, but mips_elf_calculate_relocation() doesn't
6318 know its address or the difference from the HI part, so
6319 we subtract that difference here. See also the
6320 comment in mips_elf_calculate_relocation(). */
6321 if (r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16)
6322 addend -= (lo16_relocation->r_offset - rel->r_offset);
6324 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL)
6326 /* The addend is scrambled in the object file. See
6327 mips_elf_perform_relocation for details on the
6329 addend = (((addend & 0x1f0000) >> 5)
6330 | ((addend & 0x7e00000) >> 16)
6334 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
6337 addend = rel->r_addend;
6340 if (info->relocatable)
6342 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
6343 unsigned long r_symndx;
6345 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)
6346 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
6349 /* Since we're just relocating, all we need to do is copy
6350 the relocations back out to the object file, unless
6351 they're against a section symbol, in which case we need
6352 to adjust by the section offset, or unless they're GP
6353 relative in which case we need to adjust by the amount
6354 that we're adjusting GP in this relocatable object. */
6356 if (! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections,
6358 /* There's nothing to do for non-local relocations. */
6361 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL
6362 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL16
6363 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32
6364 || r_type == R_MIPS_LITERAL)
6365 addend -= (_bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
6366 - _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd));
6368 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
6369 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
6370 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
6371 /* Adjust the addend appropriately. */
6372 addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset;
6374 if (rela_relocation_p)
6375 /* If this is a RELA relocation, just update the addend. */
6376 rel->r_addend = addend;
6379 if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
6380 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
6381 || r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16)
6382 addend = mips_elf_high (addend);
6383 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER)
6384 addend = mips_elf_higher (addend);
6385 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST)
6386 addend = mips_elf_highest (addend);
6388 addend >>= howto->rightshift;
6390 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
6391 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
6392 source of the addend in the final link. */
6393 addend &= howto->src_mask;
6395 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
6396 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6397 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
6398 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
6399 but for endianness. */
6405 if (addend & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
6407 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
6414 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6415 do two separate stores. */
6416 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
6418 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6420 low_bits = sign_bits;
6426 high_bits = sign_bits;
6428 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
6429 contents + rel->r_offset);
6430 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
6431 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
6435 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, addend,
6436 input_bfd, input_section,
6441 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
6445 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
6446 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
6447 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
6449 if (rel + 1 < relend
6450 && rel->r_offset == rel[1].r_offset
6451 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, rel[1].r_info) != R_MIPS_NONE)
6452 use_saved_addend_p = TRUE;
6454 use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
6456 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
6457 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd, input_bfd,
6458 input_section, info, rel,
6459 addend, howto, local_syms,
6460 local_sections, &value,
6461 &name, &require_jalx,
6462 use_saved_addend_p))
6464 case bfd_reloc_continue:
6465 /* There's nothing to do. */
6468 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
6469 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
6470 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
6471 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
6472 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
6475 case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
6476 msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
6477 info->callbacks->warning
6478 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
6481 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
6482 if (use_saved_addend_p)
6483 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
6484 a given location. */
6488 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
6489 if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
6490 (info, name, howto->name, 0,
6491 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset)))
6504 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
6505 until we reach the last one. */
6506 if (use_saved_addend_p)
6512 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
6513 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6514 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
6515 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
6516 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
6517 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
6518 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
6519 only a 32-bit VMA. */
6525 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
6527 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
6534 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6535 do two separate stores. */
6536 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
6538 /* Undo what we did above. */
6540 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6542 low_bits = sign_bits;
6548 high_bits = sign_bits;
6550 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
6551 contents + rel->r_offset);
6552 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
6553 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
6557 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
6558 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value,
6559 input_bfd, input_section,
6560 contents, require_jalx))
6567 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
6568 adjust it appropriately now. */
6571 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6572 const char *name, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
6574 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
6575 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
6576 static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = {
6579 "__dso_displacement",
6581 "__program_header_table",
6585 static const char* const data_section_symbols[] = {
6593 const char* const *p;
6596 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
6597 for (p = (i == 0) ? text_section_symbols : data_section_symbols;
6600 if (strcmp (*p, name) == 0)
6602 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
6604 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6605 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
6607 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
6609 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
6611 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
6617 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
6618 dynamic sections here. */
6621 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
6622 struct bfd_link_info *info,
6623 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6624 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
6629 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
6632 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
6633 gval = sym->st_value;
6635 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
6638 bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE];
6640 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
6642 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
6644 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
6645 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
6646 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6648 /* FIXME: Can h->dynindex be more than 64K? */
6649 if (h->dynindx & 0xffff0000)
6652 /* Fill the stub. */
6653 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub);
6654 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd), stub + 4);
6655 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + 8);
6656 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16 (output_bfd) + h->dynindx, stub + 12);
6658 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= s->_raw_size);
6659 memcpy (s->contents + h->plt.offset, stub, MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE);
6661 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
6662 only for the referenced symbol. */
6663 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6665 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
6666 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
6667 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
6668 gval = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset + h->plt.offset;
6669 sym->st_value = gval;
6672 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
6673 || (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL) != 0);
6675 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
6676 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
6677 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
6678 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
6679 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
6681 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
6682 the symbols that need them. */
6683 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL
6684 && h->dynindx >= g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
6689 value = sym->st_value;
6690 offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h);
6691 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset);
6694 if (g->next && h->dynindx != -1)
6696 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
6702 e.abfd = output_bfd;
6704 e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
6706 for (g = g->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
6709 && (p = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries,
6714 || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
6716 && ((p->d.h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
6717 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0)
6718 && ((p->d.h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
6719 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)))
6721 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
6722 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
6723 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
6724 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
6725 appropriate addend. */
6726 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
6728 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
6729 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
6730 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_64);
6732 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_32);
6733 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
6736 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
6737 (output_bfd, info, rel,
6738 e.d.h, NULL, sym->st_value, &entry, sgot)))
6742 entry = sym->st_value;
6743 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, entry, sgot->contents + offset);
6748 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
6749 name = h->root.root.string;
6750 if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
6751 || strcmp (name, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
6752 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
6753 else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
6754 || strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
6756 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
6757 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6760 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
6762 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
6763 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6764 sym->st_value = elf_gp (output_bfd);
6766 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6768 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
6769 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
6771 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6772 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
6774 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
6776 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
6778 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6779 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
6780 sym->st_value = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count;
6781 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
6783 else if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
6785 if (h->type == STT_FUNC)
6786 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
6787 else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT)
6788 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
6792 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
6793 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6)
6794 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym);
6798 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
6799 && (strcmp (name, "__rld_map") == 0
6800 || strcmp (name, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
6802 asection *s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map");
6803 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6804 sym->st_value = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
6805 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, s->contents);
6806 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value == 0)
6807 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value;
6809 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
6810 && strcmp (name, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
6812 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
6813 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5
6814 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_none)
6815 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map")
6817 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value;
6821 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
6822 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16
6823 && (sym->st_value & 1) != 0)
6829 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
6832 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
6833 struct bfd_link_info *info)
6838 struct mips_got_info *gg, *g;
6840 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
6842 sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
6844 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
6849 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
6850 gg = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
6851 BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL);
6852 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, output_bfd);
6853 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
6856 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
6860 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
6861 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
6863 for (b = sdyn->contents;
6864 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->_raw_size;
6865 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
6867 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
6871 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
6873 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
6874 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
6876 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
6882 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
6883 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6884 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj);
6888 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
6890 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr);
6895 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
6896 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6897 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
6900 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
6901 dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */
6905 dyn.d_un.d_val = RHF_NOTPOT; /* XXX */
6908 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
6909 time ((time_t *) &dyn.d_un.d_val);
6912 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
6917 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
6922 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
6923 s = output_bfd->sections;
6924 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6925 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
6928 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
6929 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno;
6932 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
6933 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
6934 entry of the first external symbol that is not
6935 referenced within the same object. */
6936 dyn.d_un.d_val = bfd_count_sections (output_bfd) + 1;
6939 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
6940 if (gg->global_gotsym)
6942 dyn.d_un.d_val = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
6945 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
6946 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
6947 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
6949 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
6951 elemsize = MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd);
6952 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
6953 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6955 if (s->_cooked_size != 0)
6956 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->_cooked_size / elemsize;
6958 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->_raw_size / elemsize;
6961 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
6962 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
6965 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
6966 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value;
6969 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
6970 s = (bfd_get_section_by_name
6971 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)));
6972 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
6976 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
6977 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
6978 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
6979 are trailing null entries. */
6980 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
6981 dyn.d_un.d_val = (s->reloc_count
6982 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
6983 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)
6984 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
6993 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
6998 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
6999 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
7000 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
7001 if (sgot != NULL && sgot->_raw_size > 0)
7003 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents);
7004 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0x80000000,
7005 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
7009 elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
7010 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
7012 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
7013 if (gg != NULL && gg->next)
7015 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
7018 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
7019 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_REL32);
7021 for (g = gg->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
7023 bfd_vma index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno;
7025 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents
7026 + index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
7027 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0x80000000, sgot->contents
7028 + index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
7033 while (index < g->assigned_gotno)
7035 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset
7036 = index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
7037 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
7038 (output_bfd, info, rel, NULL,
7039 bfd_abs_section_ptr,
7042 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
7049 Elf32_compact_rel cpt;
7051 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
7053 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
7054 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
7058 cpt.num = s->reloc_count;
7060 cpt.offset = (s->output_section->filepos
7061 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
7064 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt,
7065 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel *)
7068 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
7069 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
7070 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
7073 file_ptr dummy_offset;
7075 BFD_ASSERT (s->_raw_size >= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE);
7076 dummy_offset = s->_raw_size - MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
7077 memset (s->contents + dummy_offset, 0,
7078 MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE);
7083 /* We need to sort the entries of the dynamic relocation section. */
7085 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
7088 && s->_raw_size > (bfd_vma)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd))
7090 reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd;
7092 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
7093 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1, s->reloc_count - 1,
7094 sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel), sort_dynamic_relocs_64);
7096 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1, s->reloc_count - 1,
7097 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel), sort_dynamic_relocs);
7105 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
7108 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd *abfd)
7112 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
7115 case bfd_mach_mips3000:
7116 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1;
7119 case bfd_mach_mips3900:
7120 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1 | E_MIPS_MACH_3900;
7123 case bfd_mach_mips6000:
7124 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_2;
7127 case bfd_mach_mips4000:
7128 case bfd_mach_mips4300:
7129 case bfd_mach_mips4400:
7130 case bfd_mach_mips4600:
7131 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3;
7134 case bfd_mach_mips4010:
7135 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4010;
7138 case bfd_mach_mips4100:
7139 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4100;
7142 case bfd_mach_mips4111:
7143 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4111;
7146 case bfd_mach_mips4120:
7147 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4120;
7150 case bfd_mach_mips4650:
7151 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4650;
7154 case bfd_mach_mips5400:
7155 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5400;
7158 case bfd_mach_mips5500:
7159 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5500;
7162 case bfd_mach_mips5000:
7163 case bfd_mach_mips7000:
7164 case bfd_mach_mips8000:
7165 case bfd_mach_mips10000:
7166 case bfd_mach_mips12000:
7167 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4;
7170 case bfd_mach_mips5:
7171 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5;
7174 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1:
7175 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1;
7178 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32:
7179 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32;
7182 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64:
7183 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64;
7186 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2:
7187 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2;
7190 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2:
7191 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2;
7194 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
7195 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= val;
7200 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
7201 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
7202 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7205 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
7206 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7209 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
7213 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
7214 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
7215 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
7216 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == 0)
7217 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd);
7219 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
7220 info for each special section. */
7221 for (i = 1, hdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1;
7222 i < elf_numsections (abfd);
7225 switch ((*hdrpp)->sh_type)
7228 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
7229 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
7231 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7234 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
7235 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
7236 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
7237 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
7238 && strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0);
7239 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
7240 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
7241 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7244 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
7245 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
7246 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
7247 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
7248 && strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content",
7249 sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) == 0);
7250 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
7251 name + sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
7252 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
7253 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7256 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
7257 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
7259 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7260 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".liblist");
7262 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7265 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
7266 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
7267 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
7268 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
7269 if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0)
7270 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
7271 name + sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
7274 BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel",
7275 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0);
7276 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
7278 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
7280 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
7281 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7288 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
7292 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd)
7297 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
7298 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
7299 if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
7302 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
7303 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6
7304 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
7305 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)))
7308 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
7309 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5
7310 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")
7311 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug"))
7317 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
7320 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
7321 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7324 struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm;
7327 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
7329 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
7330 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
7332 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
7333 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_REGINFO)
7338 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7342 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_REGINFO;
7346 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
7347 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
7349 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
7350 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
7358 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
7359 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
7360 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
7363 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
7364 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
7365 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
7367 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
7369 for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
7370 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
7375 struct elf_segment_map *options_segment;
7377 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
7379 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
7380 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
7383 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
7384 options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7385 options_segment->next = *pm;
7386 options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
7387 options_segment->p_flags = PF_R;
7388 options_segment->p_flags_valid = TRUE;
7389 options_segment->count = 1;
7390 options_segment->sections[0] = s;
7391 *pm = options_segment;
7396 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
7398 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
7399 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
7400 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp") == NULL
7401 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL
7402 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
7404 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
7405 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_RTPROC)
7410 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7414 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_RTPROC;
7416 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
7421 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
7429 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
7430 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
7431 while (*pm != NULL && (*pm)->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC)
7441 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
7442 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
7444 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL;
7446 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)
7449 if (m != NULL && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
7451 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
7452 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
7453 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
7454 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
7455 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
7457 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X;
7458 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
7462 && m->count == 1 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
7464 static const char *sec_names[] =
7466 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
7470 struct elf_segment_map *n;
7474 for (i = 0; i < sizeof sec_names / sizeof sec_names[0]; i++)
7476 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec_names[i]);
7477 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
7483 sz = s->_cooked_size;
7486 if (high < s->vma + sz)
7492 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7493 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
7496 + (s->_cooked_size !=
7497 0 ? s->_cooked_size : s->_raw_size)) <= high))
7500 amt = sizeof *n + (bfd_size_type) (c - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
7501 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7508 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7510 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
7513 + (s->_cooked_size != 0 ?
7514 s->_cooked_size : s->_raw_size)) <= high))
7528 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
7532 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
7533 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7534 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7535 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
7536 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
7538 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
7542 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info))
7544 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
7545 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
7549 switch (h->root.type)
7551 case bfd_link_hash_defined:
7552 case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
7553 return h->root.u.def.section;
7555 case bfd_link_hash_common:
7556 return h->root.u.c.p->section;
7564 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec->owner, sym->st_shndx);
7569 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
7572 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7573 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7574 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7575 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7578 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
7579 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
7580 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
7581 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
7582 unsigned long r_symndx;
7583 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7585 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
7586 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
7587 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
7589 relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
7590 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
7591 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info))
7595 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
7596 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
7597 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
7598 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
7599 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
7600 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
7601 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
7602 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
7603 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
7604 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
7615 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
7616 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
7617 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
7618 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
7621 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (const struct elf_backend_data *bed,
7622 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
7623 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
7625 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips;
7627 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (bed, dir, ind);
7629 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
7632 dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
7633 indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
7634 dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
7635 if (indmips->readonly_reloc)
7636 dirmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
7637 if (indmips->no_fn_stub)
7638 dirmips->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
7642 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
7643 struct elf_link_hash_entry *entry,
7644 bfd_boolean force_local)
7648 struct mips_got_info *g;
7649 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7651 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
7652 if (h->forced_local)
7654 h->forced_local = force_local;
7656 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
7657 if (dynobj != NULL && force_local)
7659 got = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
7660 g = mips_elf_section_data (got)->u.got_info;
7664 struct mips_got_entry e;
7665 struct mips_got_info *gg = g;
7667 /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
7668 local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
7669 that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
7670 the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
7671 the upper limit of global entries. */
7676 for (g = g->next; g != gg; g = g->next)
7677 if (htab_find (g->got_entries, &e))
7679 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotno > 0);
7684 /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
7685 no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
7686 at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
7687 of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
7688 if (h->root.got.offset == 2)
7690 BFD_ASSERT (gg->assigned_gotno > 0);
7691 gg->assigned_gotno--;
7694 else if (g->global_gotno == 0 && g->global_gotsym == NULL)
7695 /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the
7696 number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as
7699 else if (h->root.got.offset == 1)
7701 /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had
7702 been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry
7704 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotno > 0);
7710 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, &h->root, force_local);
7716 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd *abfd, struct elf_reloc_cookie *cookie,
7717 struct bfd_link_info *info)
7720 bfd_boolean ret = FALSE;
7721 unsigned char *tdata;
7724 o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".pdr");
7727 if (o->_raw_size == 0)
7729 if (o->_raw_size % PDR_SIZE != 0)
7731 if (o->output_section != NULL
7732 && bfd_is_abs_section (o->output_section))
7735 tdata = bfd_zmalloc (o->_raw_size / PDR_SIZE);
7739 cookie->rels = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
7747 cookie->rel = cookie->rels;
7748 cookie->relend = cookie->rels + o->reloc_count;
7750 for (i = 0, skip = 0; i < o->_raw_size / PDR_SIZE; i ++)
7752 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i * PDR_SIZE, cookie))
7761 mips_elf_section_data (o)->u.tdata = tdata;
7762 o->_cooked_size = o->_raw_size - skip * PDR_SIZE;
7768 if (! info->keep_memory)
7769 free (cookie->rels);
7775 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection *sec)
7777 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") == 0)
7783 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sec,
7786 bfd_byte *to, *from, *end;
7789 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") != 0)
7792 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata == NULL)
7796 end = contents + sec->_raw_size;
7797 for (from = contents, i = 0;
7799 from += PDR_SIZE, i++)
7801 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata)[i] == 1)
7804 memcpy (to, from, PDR_SIZE);
7807 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, sec->output_section, contents,
7808 sec->output_offset, sec->_cooked_size);
7812 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
7813 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
7815 struct mips_elf_find_line
7817 struct ecoff_debug_info d;
7818 struct ecoff_find_line i;
7822 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
7823 asymbol **symbols, bfd_vma offset,
7824 const char **filename_ptr,
7825 const char **functionname_ptr,
7826 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7830 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7831 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7835 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7836 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7837 line_ptr, ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 8 : 0,
7838 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
7841 msec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug");
7845 struct mips_elf_find_line *fi;
7846 const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap =
7847 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
7849 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
7850 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
7851 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
7852 origflags = msec->flags;
7853 if (elf_section_data (msec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
7854 msec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7856 fi = elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info;
7859 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size;
7862 struct fdr *fdr_ptr;
7863 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line);
7865 fi = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7868 msec->flags = origflags;
7872 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, msec, &fi->d))
7874 msec->flags = origflags;
7878 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
7879 amt = fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * sizeof (struct fdr);
7880 fi->d.fdr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
7881 if (fi->d.fdr == NULL)
7883 msec->flags = origflags;
7886 external_fdr_size = swap->external_fdr_size;
7887 fdr_ptr = fi->d.fdr;
7888 fraw_src = (char *) fi->d.external_fdr;
7889 fraw_end = (fraw_src
7890 + fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * external_fdr_size);
7891 for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
7892 (*swap->swap_fdr_in) (abfd, fraw_src, fdr_ptr);
7894 elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info = fi;
7896 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
7897 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
7898 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
7899 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
7900 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
7901 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
7904 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, &fi->d, swap,
7905 &fi->i, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7908 msec->flags = origflags;
7912 msec->flags = origflags;
7915 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
7917 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7918 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7922 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
7923 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
7924 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
7927 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, sec_ptr section,
7928 const void *location,
7929 file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type count)
7931 if (strcmp (section->name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == 0)
7935 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
7937 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data);
7938 section->used_by_bfd = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7939 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
7942 c = mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata;
7947 if (section->_cooked_size != 0)
7948 size = section->_cooked_size;
7950 size = section->_raw_size;
7951 c = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
7954 mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata = c;
7957 memcpy (c + offset, location, count);
7960 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset,
7964 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
7965 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
7968 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
7970 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
7971 struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
7973 bfd_boolean relocatable,
7976 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
7977 bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
7978 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
7980 long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
7981 arelent **reloc_vector = NULL;
7987 reloc_vector = bfd_malloc (reloc_size);
7988 if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0)
7991 /* read in the section */
7992 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, data, 0,
7993 input_section->_raw_size))
7996 /* We're not relaxing the section, so just copy the size info */
7997 input_section->_cooked_size = input_section->_raw_size;
7998 input_section->reloc_done = TRUE;
8000 reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd,
8004 if (reloc_count < 0)
8007 if (reloc_count > 0)
8012 bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
8015 struct bfd_hash_entry *h;
8016 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh;
8017 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
8018 if (abfd && input_bfd
8019 && abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec)
8023 h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE);
8024 lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h;
8031 case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
8032 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
8033 case bfd_link_hash_common:
8036 case bfd_link_hash_defined:
8037 case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
8039 gp = lh->u.def.value;
8041 case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
8042 case bfd_link_hash_warning:
8044 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
8046 case bfd_link_hash_new:
8055 for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != NULL; parent++)
8057 char *error_message = NULL;
8058 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
8060 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
8061 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
8062 asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr;
8063 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section) && abfd)
8065 /* The special_function wouldn't get called anyway. */
8069 /* The gp isn't there; let the special function code
8070 fall over on its own. */
8072 else if ((*parent)->howto->special_function
8073 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc)
8075 /* bypass special_function call */
8076 r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent,
8077 input_section, relocatable,
8079 goto skip_bfd_perform_relocation;
8081 /* end mips specific stuff */
8083 r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, *parent, data, input_section,
8084 relocatable ? abfd : NULL,
8086 skip_bfd_perform_relocation:
8090 asection *os = input_section->output_section;
8092 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
8093 os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent;
8097 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
8101 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
8102 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
8103 (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
8104 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address,
8108 case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
8109 BFD_ASSERT (error_message != NULL);
8110 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
8111 (link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section,
8112 (*parent)->address)))
8115 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
8116 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
8117 (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
8118 (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend,
8119 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address)))
8122 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
8131 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
8132 free (reloc_vector);
8136 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
8137 free (reloc_vector);
8141 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
8143 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
8144 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
8146 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
8147 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table);
8149 ret = bfd_malloc (amt);
8153 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
8154 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc))
8161 /* We no longer use this. */
8162 for (i = 0; i < SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES; i++)
8163 ret->dynsym_sec_strindex[i] = (bfd_size_type) -1;
8165 ret->procedure_count = 0;
8166 ret->compact_rel_size = 0;
8167 ret->use_rld_obj_head = FALSE;
8169 ret->mips16_stubs_seen = FALSE;
8171 return &ret->root.root;
8174 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
8175 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
8176 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
8179 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
8183 struct bfd_link_order *p;
8184 asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec;
8185 asection *rtproc_sec;
8186 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo;
8187 struct ecoff_debug_info debug;
8188 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap
8189 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
8190 HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header;
8191 void *mdebug_handle = NULL;
8197 static const char * const secname[] =
8199 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
8200 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
8202 static const int sc[] =
8204 scText, scInit, scFini, scData,
8205 scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss
8208 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
8209 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
8210 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
8212 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
8216 struct mips_got_info *g;
8218 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
8219 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
8220 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
8221 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
8222 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
8224 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, (info->shared
8225 ? bfd_count_sections (abfd) + 1
8229 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
8230 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8231 got = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
8232 g = mips_elf_section_data (got)->u.got_info;
8234 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL)
8235 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
8236 - g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
8237 <= g->global_gotno);
8241 /* We want to set the GP value for ld -r. */
8242 /* On IRIX5, we omit the .options section. On IRIX6, however, we
8243 include it, even though we don't process it quite right. (Some
8244 entries are supposed to be merged.) Empirically, we seem to be
8245 better off including it then not. */
8246 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
8247 for (secpp = &abfd->sections; *secpp != NULL; secpp = &(*secpp)->next)
8249 if (strcmp ((*secpp)->name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == 0)
8251 for (p = (*secpp)->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
8252 if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
8253 p->u.indirect.section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8254 (*secpp)->link_order_head = NULL;
8255 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, secpp);
8256 --abfd->section_count;
8262 /* We include .MIPS.options, even though we don't process it quite right.
8263 (Some entries are supposed to be merged.) At IRIX6 empirically we seem
8264 to be better off including it than not. */
8265 for (secpp = &abfd->sections; *secpp != NULL; secpp = &(*secpp)->next)
8267 if (strcmp ((*secpp)->name, ".MIPS.options") == 0)
8269 for (p = (*secpp)->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
8270 if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
8271 p->u.indirect.section->flags &=~ SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8272 (*secpp)->link_order_head = NULL;
8273 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, secpp);
8274 --abfd->section_count;
8281 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
8282 if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0)
8284 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
8286 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
8287 if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
8288 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value
8289 + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
8290 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
8291 else if (info->relocatable)
8293 bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE;
8295 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
8296 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
8298 && (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_MIPS_GPREL))
8301 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
8302 elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (abfd);
8306 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
8307 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
8308 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
8312 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
8316 gptab_data_sec = NULL;
8317 gptab_bss_sec = NULL;
8318 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
8320 if (strcmp (o->name, ".reginfo") == 0)
8322 memset (®info, 0, sizeof reginfo);
8324 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
8325 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8326 the information together. */
8327 for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
8329 asection *input_section;
8331 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
8334 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
8336 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
8341 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
8342 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
8344 /* The linker emulation code has probably clobbered the
8345 size to be zero bytes. */
8346 if (input_section->_raw_size == 0)
8347 input_section->_raw_size = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
8349 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section,
8350 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
8353 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd, &ext, &sub);
8355 reginfo.ri_gprmask |= sub.ri_gprmask;
8356 reginfo.ri_cprmask[0] |= sub.ri_cprmask[0];
8357 reginfo.ri_cprmask[1] |= sub.ri_cprmask[1];
8358 reginfo.ri_cprmask[2] |= sub.ri_cprmask[2];
8359 reginfo.ri_cprmask[3] |= sub.ri_cprmask[3];
8361 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
8362 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
8363 finally written out. */
8365 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8366 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8367 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8370 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
8371 BFD_ASSERT(o->_raw_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
8373 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8374 matters, but someday it might). */
8375 o->link_order_head = NULL;
8380 if (strcmp (o->name, ".mdebug") == 0)
8382 struct extsym_info einfo;
8385 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
8386 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8387 the information together. */
8388 symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic;
8389 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
8391 symhdr->ilineMax = 0;
8395 symhdr->isymMax = 0;
8396 symhdr->ioptMax = 0;
8397 symhdr->iauxMax = 0;
8399 symhdr->issExtMax = 0;
8402 symhdr->iextMax = 0;
8404 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
8405 debug_info structure. */
8407 debug.external_dnr = NULL;
8408 debug.external_pdr = NULL;
8409 debug.external_sym = NULL;
8410 debug.external_opt = NULL;
8411 debug.external_aux = NULL;
8413 debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL;
8414 debug.external_fdr = NULL;
8415 debug.external_rfd = NULL;
8416 debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL;
8418 mdebug_handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, &debug, swap, info);
8419 if (mdebug_handle == NULL)
8423 esym.cobol_main = 0;
8427 esym.asym.iss = issNil;
8428 esym.asym.st = stLocal;
8429 esym.asym.reserved = 0;
8430 esym.asym.index = indexNil;
8432 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (secname) / sizeof (secname[0]); i++)
8434 esym.asym.sc = sc[i];
8435 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname[i]);
8438 esym.asym.value = s->vma;
8439 last = s->vma + s->_raw_size;
8442 esym.asym.value = last;
8443 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, &debug, swap,
8448 for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
8450 asection *input_section;
8452 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap;
8453 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug;
8457 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
8459 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
8464 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
8465 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
8467 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8468 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
8469 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap) == NULL)
8471 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
8472 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
8473 want to deal with it. */
8477 input_swap = (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
8478 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap);
8480 BFD_ASSERT (p->size == input_section->_raw_size);
8482 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
8483 read in the debugging information and set up an
8484 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
8485 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd, input_section,
8489 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
8490 (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, input_bfd,
8491 &input_debug, input_swap, info)))
8494 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
8495 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
8496 the linker global hash table and save the information
8497 for the output external symbols. */
8498 eraw_src = input_debug.external_ext;
8499 eraw_end = (eraw_src
8500 + (input_debug.symbolic_header.iextMax
8501 * input_swap->external_ext_size));
8503 eraw_src < eraw_end;
8504 eraw_src += input_swap->external_ext_size)
8508 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
8510 (*input_swap->swap_ext_in) (input_bfd, eraw_src, &ext);
8511 if (ext.asym.sc == scNil
8512 || ext.asym.sc == scUndefined
8513 || ext.asym.sc == scSUndefined)
8516 name = input_debug.ssext + ext.asym.iss;
8517 h = mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
8518 name, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
8519 if (h == NULL || h->esym.ifd != -2)
8525 < input_debug.symbolic_header.ifdMax);
8526 ext.ifd = input_debug.ifdmap[ext.ifd];
8532 /* Free up the information we just read. */
8533 free (input_debug.line);
8534 free (input_debug.external_dnr);
8535 free (input_debug.external_pdr);
8536 free (input_debug.external_sym);
8537 free (input_debug.external_opt);
8538 free (input_debug.external_aux);
8539 free (input_debug.ss);
8540 free (input_debug.ssext);
8541 free (input_debug.external_fdr);
8542 free (input_debug.external_rfd);
8543 free (input_debug.external_ext);
8545 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8546 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8547 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8550 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && info->shared)
8552 /* Create .rtproc section. */
8553 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
8554 if (rtproc_sec == NULL)
8556 flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
8557 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
8559 rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".rtproc");
8560 if (rtproc_sec == NULL
8561 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, rtproc_sec, flags)
8562 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 4))
8566 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle, abfd,
8572 /* Build the external symbol information. */
8575 einfo.debug = &debug;
8577 einfo.failed = FALSE;
8578 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
8579 mips_elf_output_extsym, &einfo);
8583 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
8584 o->_raw_size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, &debug, swap);
8586 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8587 matters, but someday it might). */
8588 o->link_order_head = NULL;
8593 if (strncmp (o->name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
8595 const char *subname;
8598 Elf32_External_gptab *ext_tab;
8601 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
8602 information describing how the small data area would
8603 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
8604 not used in executables files. */
8605 if (! info->relocatable)
8607 for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
8609 asection *input_section;
8611 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
8613 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
8618 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
8620 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8621 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8622 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8625 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
8626 currently matters, but someday it might). */
8627 o->link_order_head = NULL;
8629 /* Really remove the section. */
8630 for (secpp = &abfd->sections;
8632 secpp = &(*secpp)->next)
8634 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, secpp);
8635 --abfd->section_count;
8640 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
8641 uninitialized data. */
8642 if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
8644 else if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
8648 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8649 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
8650 bfd_get_filename (abfd), o->name);
8651 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
8655 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
8656 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
8657 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
8658 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
8659 case we must change the name of the output section. */
8660 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8661 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) == NULL)
8663 if (o == gptab_data_sec)
8664 o->name = ".gptab.data";
8666 o->name = ".gptab.bss";
8667 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8668 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) != NULL);
8671 /* Set up the first entry. */
8673 amt = c * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
8674 tab = bfd_malloc (amt);
8677 tab[0].gt_header.gt_current_g_value = elf_gp_size (abfd);
8678 tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0;
8680 /* Combine the input sections. */
8681 for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
8683 asection *input_section;
8687 bfd_size_type gpentry;
8689 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
8691 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
8696 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
8697 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
8699 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
8700 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
8701 sorted by ascending -G value. */
8702 size = bfd_section_size (input_bfd, input_section);
8704 for (gpentry = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
8706 gpentry += sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))
8708 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab;
8709 Elf32_gptab int_gptab;
8715 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
8716 (input_bfd, input_section, &ext_gptab, gpentry,
8717 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))))
8723 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd, &ext_gptab,
8725 val = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_g_value;
8726 add = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes - last;
8729 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
8731 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value >= val)
8732 tab[look].gt_entry.gt_bytes += add;
8734 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value == val)
8740 Elf32_gptab *new_tab;
8743 /* We need a new table entry. */
8744 amt = (bfd_size_type) (c + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
8745 new_tab = bfd_realloc (tab, amt);
8746 if (new_tab == NULL)
8752 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_g_value = val;
8753 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes = add;
8755 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
8756 value, since that will be implied by this new
8759 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
8761 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value < val
8763 || (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value
8764 > tab[max].gt_entry.gt_g_value)))
8768 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes +=
8769 tab[max].gt_entry.gt_bytes;
8774 last = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes;
8777 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8778 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8779 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8782 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
8784 qsort (tab + 1, c - 1, sizeof (tab[0]), gptab_compare);
8786 /* Swap out the table. */
8787 amt = (bfd_size_type) c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
8788 ext_tab = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
8789 if (ext_tab == NULL)
8795 for (j = 0; j < c; j++)
8796 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, tab + j, ext_tab + j);
8799 o->_raw_size = c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
8800 o->contents = (bfd_byte *) ext_tab;
8802 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8803 matters, but someday it might). */
8804 o->link_order_head = NULL;
8808 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
8809 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info))
8812 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
8814 if (reginfo_sec != NULL)
8816 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
8818 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, ®info, &ext);
8819 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, reginfo_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
8823 if (mdebug_sec != NULL)
8825 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun);
8826 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug,
8828 mdebug_sec->filepos))
8831 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, info);
8834 if (gptab_data_sec != NULL)
8836 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_data_sec,
8837 gptab_data_sec->contents,
8838 0, gptab_data_sec->_raw_size))
8842 if (gptab_bss_sec != NULL)
8844 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_bss_sec,
8845 gptab_bss_sec->contents,
8846 0, gptab_bss_sec->_raw_size))
8850 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
8852 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
8853 if (rtproc_sec != NULL)
8855 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, rtproc_sec,
8856 rtproc_sec->contents,
8857 0, rtproc_sec->_raw_size))
8865 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
8867 struct mips_mach_extension {
8868 unsigned long extension, base;
8872 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
8873 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
8875 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions[] = {
8876 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
8877 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
8878 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
8880 /* MIPS V extensions. */
8881 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64, bfd_mach_mips5 },
8883 /* R10000 extensions. */
8884 { bfd_mach_mips12000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
8886 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
8887 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
8888 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
8889 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
8890 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
8891 { bfd_mach_mips5500, bfd_mach_mips5400 },
8892 { bfd_mach_mips5400, bfd_mach_mips5000 },
8894 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
8895 { bfd_mach_mips5, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
8896 { bfd_mach_mips10000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
8897 { bfd_mach_mips5000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
8898 { bfd_mach_mips7000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
8900 /* VR4100 extensions. */
8901 { bfd_mach_mips4120, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
8902 { bfd_mach_mips4111, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
8904 /* MIPS III extensions. */
8905 { bfd_mach_mips8000, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8906 { bfd_mach_mips4650, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8907 { bfd_mach_mips4600, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8908 { bfd_mach_mips4400, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8909 { bfd_mach_mips4300, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8910 { bfd_mach_mips4100, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8911 { bfd_mach_mips4010, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8913 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
8914 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa32 },
8916 /* MIPS II extensions. */
8917 { bfd_mach_mips4000, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
8918 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
8920 /* MIPS I extensions. */
8921 { bfd_mach_mips6000, bfd_mach_mips3000 },
8922 { bfd_mach_mips3900, bfd_mach_mips3000 }
8926 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
8929 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base, unsigned long extension)
8933 for (i = 0; extension != base && i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions); i++)
8934 if (extension == mips_mach_extensions[i].extension)
8935 extension = mips_mach_extensions[i].base;
8937 return extension == base;
8941 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
8944 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags)
8946 return ((flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) != 0
8947 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
8948 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
8949 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
8950 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
8951 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
8952 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2);
8956 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
8957 object file when linking. */
8960 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
8965 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE;
8968 /* Check if we have the same endianess */
8969 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
8971 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8972 (_("%s: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
8973 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd));
8977 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8978 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8981 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd)) != 0)
8983 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8984 (_("%s: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
8985 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd));
8989 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
8990 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
8991 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
8993 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
8995 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
8996 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
8997 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
8998 = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS];
9000 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
9001 && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default)
9003 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd),
9004 bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
9011 /* Check flag compatibility. */
9013 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
9014 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
9016 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
9017 doesn't seem to matter. */
9018 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
9019 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
9021 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
9022 just be able to ignore this. */
9023 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
9024 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
9026 if (new_flags == old_flags)
9029 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
9030 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
9031 actually cause any incompatibility. */
9032 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
9034 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
9035 which are automatically generated by gas. */
9036 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo")
9037 && strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug")
9038 && (sec->_raw_size != 0
9039 || (strcmp (sec->name, ".text")
9040 && strcmp (sec->name, ".data")
9041 && strcmp (sec->name, ".bss"))))
9043 null_input_bfd = FALSE;
9052 if (((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0)
9053 != ((old_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0))
9055 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9056 (_("%s: warning: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
9057 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd));
9061 if (new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC))
9062 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_MIPS_CPIC;
9063 if (! (new_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC))
9064 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
9066 new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
9067 old_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
9069 /* Compare the ISAs. */
9070 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags))
9072 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9073 (_("%s: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
9074 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd));
9077 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd), bfd_get_mach (obfd)))
9079 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
9080 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd), bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
9082 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
9083 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
9084 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
9085 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd));
9086 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
9087 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
9088 |= new_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
9090 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
9091 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
9092 if ((old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == 0
9093 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags)
9094 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags & ~EF_MIPS_ABI))
9095 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI;
9099 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
9100 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9101 (_("%s: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9102 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd),
9103 bfd_printable_name (ibfd),
9104 bfd_printable_name (obfd));
9109 new_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
9110 old_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
9112 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
9113 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
9114 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
9115 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
9116 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
9118 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
9119 if (((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) && (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
9120 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
9121 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
9123 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9124 (_("%s: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9125 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd),
9126 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd),
9127 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd));
9130 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
9131 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
9134 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
9135 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE))
9137 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
9139 new_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
9140 old_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
9143 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
9144 if (new_flags != old_flags)
9146 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9147 (_("%s: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
9148 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd), (unsigned long) new_flags,
9149 (unsigned long) old_flags);
9155 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
9162 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
9165 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
9167 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
9168 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
9170 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
9171 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
9176 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *ptr)
9180 BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
9182 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
9183 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
9185 /* xgettext:c-format */
9186 fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
9188 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
9189 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O32]"));
9190 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64)
9191 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O64]"));
9192 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32)
9193 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
9194 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
9195 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
9196 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
9197 fprintf (file, _(" [abi unknown]"));
9198 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
9199 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=N32]"));
9200 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
9201 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=64]"));
9203 fprintf (file, _(" [no abi set]"));
9205 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1)
9206 fprintf (file, _(" [mips1]"));
9207 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2)
9208 fprintf (file, _(" [mips2]"));
9209 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3)
9210 fprintf (file, _(" [mips3]"));
9211 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4)
9212 fprintf (file, _(" [mips4]"));
9213 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5)
9214 fprintf (file, _(" [mips5]"));
9215 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32)
9216 fprintf (file, _(" [mips32]"));
9217 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64)
9218 fprintf (file, _(" [mips64]"));
9219 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2)
9220 fprintf (file, _(" [mips32r2]"));
9221 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2)
9222 fprintf (file, _(" [mips64r2]"));
9224 fprintf (file, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
9226 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX)
9227 fprintf (file, _(" [mdmx]"));
9229 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
9230 fprintf (file, _(" [mips16]"));
9232 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE)
9233 fprintf (file, _(" [32bitmode]"));
9235 fprintf (file, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
9242 struct bfd_elf_special_section const _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections[]=
9244 { ".sdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
9245 { ".sbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
9246 { ".lit4", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
9247 { ".lit8", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
9248 { ".ucode", 6, 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE, 0 },
9249 { ".mdebug", 7, 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG, 0 },
9250 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }